Se aetna. 3 pF eee Ms ¥ & @0€ESoOo TOE f WTOC 1OHM/18IN Sree iy oF eh ARE G | ee DAL Hm A oy gh | "y Mant hy i) BA ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION, PUBELOCATLONS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA First SERIES PALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 4 1938-1948 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1948 74 /™% ALLAN HANCOCK "FOUNDA ETO PUBELCAT FOS ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC (EXPEDITIONS VoLUME 4 1938-1948 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1948 CONTENTS Pe EAC OP a enc ee esta ee Sere re et so coat So snavenn teens secon ates Charles McLean Fraser (1872-1946) ee OUME? 0) Of C2 C0) 0 Wa a Mma MER SBE ip roe oe PAP Bibliographyfok mi Smp ape rs, ese eee cere ate estas ale ee est eee List of Dr. Fraser’s new species in the five following papers and RECOLASHO Luby PCy LOCAL EL CS meee eee ne ere eee 1. Hydroids of the 1934 Allan Hancock Pacific Expedition -......................- 2. Hydroids of the 1936 and 1937 Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions .... 3. Hydroids of the 1932, 1933, 1935, and 1938 Allan Hancock Pacific IES Xop eit OMS eee ca eee ee es 4, Distribution of the hydroids in the collections of the Allan Hancock Expeditions 5. Hydroids of the Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions since March, 1938 i-ili 1x-XV 1-106 107-128 129-154 155-178 179-336 337-343 REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALA- PAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, AND IN 1938. HYDROIDS OF THE 1934 ALLAN HANCOCK PACTRIC EXPEDITION By C. McLEAN FRASER THe UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS ALLAN HANcocK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoLuME 4, NUMBER 1 IssUED AUGUST, 1938 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS Los ANGELES, CALIFORNIA HYDROIDS OF THE 1934 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITION (WirH FIFTEEN PLATES) C. McLean FRASER INTRODUCTION An invitation to accompany the 1934 Hancock Expedition on VELERO i, to collect coelenterates, and more especially hydroids, in such an extensive virgin area, was gladly accepted. In the ten weeks’ cruise opportunity was afforded to collect in the Revilla Gigedo Islands, the Galapagos Islands (where three weeks were spent), and the mainland coast from Guayaquil, Ecuador, to San Diego, California. The Gulf of California was not visited. Stops were made in 40 locations and collections were made at 161 stations, 104 of which were dredging stations. In most of the area covered the sea bottom was suitable for coelen- terate growth, although at times it was rough enough to make dredging somewhat difficult. The coast of northern Ecuador and of Colombia, adjacent to the tropical rain forests, provided the main exception. For an undetermined distance off shore here the bottom is covered with such a fine silt or ooze that, in places, it would not trip the bottom sampler. In this area hydroids could be obtained only by dredging in shallow water over the surface of the reefs running out from shore. With the exception of this muddy area, less material in general was obtained from the same amount of effort in the oceanic area than from the mainland coast. This does not necessarily mean that the oceanic fauna is less rich. There have been so few soundings recorded in the oceanic area and there is so little information as to the nature of the bottom that dredging is much of a speculative procedure. The Mexico coast was particularly rich in hydroids. The best catch of the whole expedition was obtained just east of the islands off Navidad Head, at the entrance to Tenacatita Bay, where 44 species were obtained at the one station. As the detailed geography of this region is not, in general, well known, it may be wise to give here a list of the locations where collec- tions were made, to avoid the necessity of giving the details in connec- tion with the distribution of the species. td Z ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 LocaTIONS Revilla Gigedo Islands, 18° to 21° N., 106° to 115° W. Socorro Island In Braithwaite Bay, south shore Clarion Island, off south shore Clipperton Island, 10°17’ N., 109°13’ W. Galapagos Islands, between 2° N. and 2° S. and between 89° and 92° W. Wenman Island, off the northeast coast Narborough Island Lagoons near east coast Strait between Narborough and Albemarle islands Albemarle Island Albemarle Point to the northeast On west coast Banks Bay Reef about three miles north of agus Cove Tagus Cove | Christopher Point | On east coast Cartago Bay James Island James Bay on west coast Sulivan Bay to the northeast, between James and Bartholomew islands North Seymour Island, west coast South Seymour Island, west coast Indefatigable Island Academy Bay, south coast Strait between Indefatigable and Charles islands Charles Island Black Beach, west coast Postofiice Bay, northwest coast Chatham Island Stephens Bay, north coast Hood Island Gardner Bay, northeast coast, between Hood and Gardner islands No. | FRASER: HYDROIDS 3 Ecuador Santa Elena Bay, 80 miles north of the mouth of the Guayas River La Plata Island, 14 miles off the coast San Francisco Bay, near the northern boundary Colombia Gorgona Island, 24 miles off coast Cabita Bay Port Utria Panama Jicaron Island Jicarita Island Between Medidor and Pacora islands Pacora Island Bahia Honda Secas Islands Costa Rica Port Culebra South Viradores Islands Mexico Tangola-Tangola and Santa Cruz bays Petatlan Bay White Friars Islands, at entrance Off Morro de Petatlan Tenacatita Bay Off ‘Tenacatita Point bute East of islands off Navidad Head tite Off Navidad Head Isabel Island, 1734 miles from mainland coast ol West coast of Lower California Santa Maria Bay Vhurloe Point South Bay, Cerros Island As the facilities for dredging were particularly good, as the condi- tions under which the work was done were nearly always favorable, and as all material was sorted the day it was collected, most of the specimens were preserved in very good condition and many were saved that, under less favorable conditions, might have disintegrated past 4 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 recognition. This applies particularly to gymnoblastic species, some of which deteriorate so readily. The excellence and the extent of the col- lection are worthy of comment. In the text, the distribution within the area is given for all species. All new species, as well as all of those in which the gonosome has been observed for the first time, are described and figured. In referring to species already described, notation is made of the original description and in many cases, another reference to a paper in which the descrip- tion, the figure, or the synonymy is given more fully. No attempt has been made to give a complete synonymy. I am indebted to my wife and to Miss Ursula Dale, an Honors student in Zoology in the University of British Columbia, for the draw- ing of the figures used. These figures show the same magnification throughout—20 diameters. To Captain G. Allan Hancock, who financed the expedition and provided the facilities and who, with the Chief Officer, W. Charles Swett, was tireless in doing everything possible in the way of arrange- ment to make the expedition a success, to the other biologists on board, W. L. Schmitt, H. W. Manter, W. R. Taylor, J. Garth, and F. Ziesenhenne, who were always on the lookout for useful material, and to all the other officers and men in the ship’s company, who lost no opportunity to give assistance, I am under great obligation, which I am happy to be able to recognize at this time. DIsTRIBUTION Of the 173 species listed, 73 are described as new, and in 5 other species the gonosome has been observed for the first time. One new genus is introduced. Of the 100 species previously described, 77, 77%, have been re- ported from the North Atlantic; 52, 52%, from the eastern Pacific coast of Canada and the United States; and 13, 13%, from the southern portion of the eastern Pacific and from the waters adjacent to the southern tip of South America. Thirty-seven species have been reported from both the Atlantic and the North Pacific, 40 species from the At- lantic but not from the North Pacific, but only 15 from the North Pacific and not from the Atlantic. Of the 15, 7 were obtained from the oceanic area, two of which were from this area only; 12 were obtained from the coast of Mexico, 8 of these from the west coast of Lower No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 5 California only; and only one from the mainland coast south of south- east Mexico. Of the 13 species that have been reported from South America far- ther south than the area under consideration, 10 are cosmopolitan, one, Plumularia magellanica, was obtained from Black Beach, Charles Is- land, the station nearest to the Humbolt current, and another, Obelia obtusidens, from Santa Elena Bay, the most southerly location at which collections were made. The remaining species, Si/icularia pedunculata, has been previously reported only from South Georgia. Why it should appear near Secas Islands, Panama, is difficult to understand. For the purpose of further studying the intrinsic distribution, the area covered may be somewhat arbitrarily divided into three portions: Division A, to include all the stations near the oceanic islands; Divi- sion B, to include the mainland coast south of Balboa; Division C, to include the mainland coast north and west of Balboa. Seventy-eight species were obtained in Division A, 60 in Division B, and 115 in Division C. Eighteen species were found in each of the three divisions; 2, in A and B only; 22, in A and C only; 21, in B and C only; 35, in A only; 20, in B only; and 55, in C only. The distribution of species in the whole area, with the possible exception of the northern portion of the coast of Lower California, indicates strong affinities between the hydroid fauna here and that in the North Atlantic, more particularly in the West Indian area. There is evidence of some continuity of distribution in the California-Lower California area but practically no indication of such continuity at the southern extremity. The species found in this area and in the West Indian region must be old species, existing as such since the earlier geological period when, in the Panama region, there was no interruption in the distribution from the Atlantic to the Pacific and vice versa. This long period of separa- tion has given the opportunity for the evolution of the great number of new species, indicated by the number described in this paper. In the area itself, the indication is that there is little interference to distribution along the whole length of the mainland coast, or between the oceanic division and the northwestern division of the mainland coast, but close association is lacking between the hydroids of the oceanic area and those of the coast of Ecuador and Colombia. In passing northward along the west coast of Lower California, the most decided break in continuity of distribution in both fauna and 6 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. + flora appears to be in the vicinity of TThurloe Point. There the large kelps, so characteristic of the coasts of the United States and Canada, make their first striking appearance, and other species appear, coinci- dent with these. In the collection, the various families are specifically represented as follows: SPECIES DISTRIBUTION BY FAMILIES Number of Number of Family species obtained new species Clavidae 5 4 Tubidendridae 1 1 Corynidae 8 3 Atractylidae 8 4+ Eudendridae 9 3 Hydractinidae 9 8 Pennaridae 1 —_— Cladocorynidae 1 — Tubularidae 4+ 3 Bonneviellidae 1 1 Campanularidae 39 14 Campanulinidae 4 2 Halecidae 18 7 Hebellidae 3 1 Lafoeidae + 2 Synthecidae + 3 Sertularidae 22 6 Plumularidae 32 11 TOTAL 173 73 As compared with the hydroid fauna of the Pacific coast of Canada and the United States, the percentage of gymnoblastic species is high, both in the complete list and in the list of new species (46 species, 26 new). Among the calyptoblastic families, the percentage of the Sertu- laridae is low, except in the genus Sertularia, and that of the Plumu- laridae is high. There are no representatives of the genera, Selaginopsis and Abietinaria and only two species of Thuiaria, all of which are common in the more northern waters. Except in the Gymnoblastea and in one or two of the smaller families of Calyptoblastea, in which the number of new species is high, there is much the same percentage of new species throughout. —— No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 7 To indicate the distribution of the species in detail a table is given herewith to show the species in each area or division as well as the more general distribution to which reference has been made above. DISTRIBUTION TABLE outh of North of North Species Div. A | Div. B | Div. C | Div. B | Div.C |Atlantic @laway pai yaicctcecneetre eee x Corydendrium flabellatum..... x ebbiclavallaxal-=-ceee ee x Tubiclava triserialis............... De Turritopsis nutricula......... cee x x Ballea’ tnnesulla nis icc --c¢---------02 x Coryne pusillasee x MEpeMsea see eee eee, x Gorynitis: avassizite..-- =. x x Eugemmaria dendritica.......... x Gemmaria costata-...-.-..-..---. x gemmosa................ x Syncoryne flexibilis................. x morna Diss se * x Bimeria \pracilisi 2.2 x x Paxcaie ce ea x PY Lacan ae tenellan << 234. x WeSti taser 2 eee x x Bougainvillia crassa_.............. x Perigonimus repens................. x x x TODUStUS!.----2--+---< x Eudendrium breve................... x capillare............. x Carneum=—-..02-. x x certicaule........... De xi Puum........----- nodosum............- ramosum...........- x x tenellum =... x x tenu e258 ane 5.8 x Hydractinia carolinae............. x disjuncta. x epispongia.......... x hancocki=-2:..--— x longispina.......... x multispina.......... x polycarpas....c-s-.2 quadrigemina.... 8 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 South of \North of | North Species Div. A | Div. B | Div. C | Div. B | Div. C |Atlantic Podocoryne reticulata............. Xe Pennariastiarella=— x os x x x Cladocoryne pelagica.............. x x x abi ulaniays pee ee x Crocean.s star x x x x x integra x x su aaa a | x Bonneviella minot................... x Campanularia emarginata..... x flexuosa........... x microthecas2 24 hincksi 2 2 x x G urceolata......... x x volubilis_....... x: x x x Clytia acutidentata................... x x attenuata.c....-..... = x x carinadentata x coronatas== ed x x cCylingricas =. = x x x De edwardsiee ss xe x a x fascicularise=-s---= x x qnconspicuas-— x x x x IErecularige2 2-22 5.. x JObNStonizes= x x x: x kincaid x x x x longicyatha= =... x x x x longitheca 2.2 x >< multidentatas 2. x Raricentatas =e oe a x x x Serlataes ee aes ee x Eucopellavevertas=--..---—— x x TMINOT eee ee x Gonothyraea clarki__............ x x IP EACIIS nee x x x x x Senialise x Obélia alternata 222 a articulata = x commissuralis.............. x x x dichotomal-..- = 5.- x x x x: equilateralis. 2: x enieulataeess eee x x x yall ince eee x x x x plicata aaa x xX x x CenuiSee seo eee ee x x No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 9 South of | North of North Div. A | Div. B | Div. C | Div. B | Div. C | Atlantic x x Species Silicularia pedunculata........... Campanulina ramosa.............- x Cuspidella humilis................... x Lovenella nodosa................--.-- PLOGUC EAs nes eeeees x Endothecium reduplicatum... Halecium articulosum............. x beanies: eee eee x bermudense............- x corrugatum............. fasciculatum........... flabellatum:...--.-22.-:: X gracile eee x x halecimum:.. 22222: x x x x Insolens!2= 2-- x fae Wa Up eae een x x regulare x tenellum x x x x tOntui se ee x SU jel eT) Sea teen x x washingtoni............ x x Ophiodissa’ laxa-=- 22 x negligens...............| Hebellajicalearata::----—... = x x Scandia (corrugata!.—-.. = x mutabilis=— ees x x Filellum serpens......................- x | x x Lafoea intermedia.................... x Lictorella adhaerens................ CeEVICOnnIS:2.----— x Synthecium gracile.................. x x x projectum:.......-.-.. | xo Pista wines ee x x symmetricum........ x x Diphasia’ paarmanit.-.-----2--= x x Pasya quadridentata............... x x x x Sertularella ampullacea.......... x X CONICAL x x x x x @xiligie sok x formosa. x x x fusiformis............ x x x iN Clg2 oe nee ee x LUCOSa eee eee x x x x tenellas = x x x x x EUG D1 aes eee x x 10 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 | | South of |North of| North Div. A | Div.B Div. C | Div. B | Div. C |Atlantic Sertularia’ anceps] === x xe cormicinal. === desmoides Species x exo uae eee Purcatae si s' oF - Mayer es Stookeyass ne x Viersluysiee eee x x huraria, simplexts.. ta 4H ww KW WK Ow 4 tal ca tubuliformis............ x x Aglaophenia diegensis............ > eta inconspicua........ x compactase = a Sraciligne see x Antennularia alternata_......... x irregularis........ tetraseriata....... x Cladocarpus ‘tertus:..2 Plumularia acutifrons............. DiC athe kes alternatas. 2 =). x x biarmatas 2 Diplocheilus allmani............. Lytocarpus philippinus........... Monostaechas quadridens...... x corrugata=:---- defectans:2..2 x x x % x x delicatas=ssssees x Altet ate eee eee x flonidanas sss x x INEGNNS = eee lagenifera............ x x magellanica......... x marearetta._...- x x propinqua............ x SCCACCaliieeeececcseeece x x x SINWOSAs eee x Schizotricha tenella................. x x Streptocaulis pulcherrimus x x bs a a Og a i a a 4 AH KM WK No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS id SysTEMATIC DiIscUSSION There is no necessity of saying much in the way of general discus- sion under this heading. Some changes have been made in nomenclature since early papers were published but nearly all of these have been introduced in more recent papers hence further reference is not necessary as far as they are concerned. There is one additional change. On ac- count of priority difficulties, the genus Pasythea becomes Pasya, the name introduced by Stechow. One new genus, Eugemmaria, is introduced that bears enough re- semblance to Gemmaria to justify the name. Suborder GYMNOBLASTEA Family Clavidae Genus CLAVA Clava parva, new species Plate 1, Fig. 1 Trophosome.—Solitary, scattered zooids arising from a thin encrus- tation on a gastropod shell; no stolon showing superficially; zooids small, 2 mm. high; tentacles about 20 in number, scattered, but leaving a considerable portion around the mouth free. Gonosome.—Sporosacs in a single compact cluster, surrounding the hydrocaulis immediately below the proximal tentacles. Distribution.—Jicarita Island, 30 fathoms. This is an unusual depth in which to find Clava, which is commonly littoral. Genus CORYDENDRIUM PCorydendrium flabellatum, new species Plate 1, Fig. 2 Trophosome.—Colony coarse, flabellate, fascicled, 6 cm.; the irregu- larly placed branches are much more slender than the main stem. The coenosarc fills but a small portion of the perisarcal tubes, that go to form the fascicle. The free portion of the tube that passes out to the base of the hydranth is long and gradually curved outward from the stem or branch. This tube is very coarse, 0.4 mm. in diameter. The hydranth is stout with 20-24 tentacles. 12 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Off Secas Islands, 25 fathoms; east of islands oft Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; off Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms. Genus TUBICLAVA Tubiclava laxa, new species Plate 1, Fig. 3 Trophosome.—A colony consists of numerous individual zooids growing out singly from a crust on the surface of gastropod shells; no stoloniferous network shows at the surface. The zooids are protected by a heavy, loose-fitting tube, reaching to the base of the hydranth; this tube may have numerous sand grains embedded in it. In the nutritive zooids, this tube has a maximum length of 35 mm.; it is nearly tubular or, in some cases, slightly tapering from tip to base. The hydranth is clavate, with 12-14 scattered tentacles. Gonosome.—The tube of the generative zooid is short, less than 1 mm., but of much the same diameter as that of the nutritive zooid. The sporosacs are closely crowded on the blastostyle; there may be as many as 20 of them. Distribution—Tangola-T angola, near shore, 15-20 fathoms. PTubiclava triserialis, new species Plate 1, Fig. 4 Trophosome.—Zooids arising singly from a loosely reticular stolon to a height of about 3 mm.; the uncovered hydranth is three eighths of the total length. It is short and stoutly clavate with 20-24 tentacles arranged rather definitely in three closely placed series. The perisarcal tube, which is smooth, is thin but distinct. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—On coral, exposed at low tide, along the shore of Braithwaite Bay. Genus TURRITOPSIS Turritopsis nutricula McCrady Oceania nutricula McCrapy, Proc. Elliott Soc., 1859, pp. 55-90. Turritopsis nutricula McCrapy, ibid., p. 127. Fraser, Hydroids of Beaufort, 1912, p. 345. Distribution—On sponges associated with solitary corals, exposed at low tide, on the north shore of Tagus Cove; Gorgona Island, on coral, at low tide; South Viradores Island, 8-10 fathoms. No. | FRASER: HYDROIDS 13 Family ‘Tubidendridae Genus BALEA Balea irregularis, new species Plate 1, Fig. 5 Trophosome.—Colony fascicled, 6 cm. in length, with few irregu- larly placed branches, much more slender than the main stem. Some of the tubes have naked coenosarc for at least a portion of their length. The hydranths appear on the branches only, growing from short hydro- phores that are sessile on two of the tubes, one on each side of the branch; these are very irregularly arranged, sometimes quite isolated, sometimes with two in succession forming a definite pair, sometimes, on the distal portion of the branches, more segregated. ‘The hydranth and its pedicel, both stout, are without visible perisarc, about 2 mm. long. There are two sets of filiform tentacles, the proximal, having the appearance of being reduced in size and number (4), well separated from the distal set of 10-12 well-developed tentacles. The sarcostyles are numerous on the main stem and the branches. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Dredged in the open passage between Indefatigable and Charles islands, 65-70 fathoms. This species bears much resemblance to Balea mirabilis Nutting; the most noticeable difference is in the nature of the proximal tentacles. Family Corynidae Genus CORYNE Coryne pusilla Gaertner Coryne pusilla GAERTNER, Pall. Spicil. Zool., I, Fasc. 10, 1774, p. 40. Hincxs, British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 39. Distribution—South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Coryne repens, new species Plate 1, Fig. 6 Trophosome.—Colony consisting mainly of individual hydroids arising from a creeping stolon that does not form any definite network over its support; the stolon is somewhat wavy but seldom distinctly 14 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 annulated. The hydranths appear on pedicels that may be as short as the hydranths themselves; the pedicels are distinctly annulated through quite a portion of their length. Occasionally branching takes place, in which case the main stem becomes more elongated. he hydranths are large, up to 2 mm. in length, with numerous rather slender capitate tentacles, quite evenly scattered over the whole surface. Gonosome.—The sporosacs appear between the tentacles near the base of the hydranth. Distribution.—Creeping over coralline at low tide, on Black Beach. This species bears some resemblance to Coryne crassa Fraser, but is not so much inclined to branch. The hydranth is not so stout and the tentacles are more numerous and much more slender. Genus CORYNITIS Corynitis agassizii McCrady Corynitis agassiziti McCrapy, Gymno. Charleston Har., 1859, p. 30. Distribution—On sponge at low tide, Wenman Island; Jicaron Island, 30 fathoms. Genus EUGEMMARIA, new genus Trophosome.—Zooids, like those of Gemmaria, grow from a strongly dendritic, reticular, or vesicular, chitinous support, which evidently is part of the colony. Gonosome.—Gonophores produce sporosacs. Eugemmaria dendritica, new species Plate 2, Fig. 7 Trophosome.—Colony reaching a height of 7 cm., strongly branched, commonly dichotomously, the branched colony being almost as broad as it is high. The chitinous portion seems to be made of tube-like struc- tures with cross partitions. The hydranths look like those of Gemmaria gemmosa; sessile, elongate when extended, with numerous short, strongly capitate tentacles arranged in more or less regular whorls. Gonosome.—Globular or oval sporosacs, with very short pedicels, spring from the framework without regularity of position or definite relation to the nutritive zooids; greatest length 0.4 mm. Distribution—White Friars Islands, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 15 Genus GEMMARIA Gemmaria costata (Gegenbaur) Zanclea costata GEGENBAUR, Zeit. fiir Wissen. Zool., Bd. VIII, 1856, p22): Gemmaria costata MAYER, The Hydromedusae, I, 1910, p. 49. Distribution—On coral at low tide, Braithwaite Bay. Gemmaria gemmosa McCrady Gemmaria gemmosa McCrapy, Gymno. Charleston Har., 1859, p. 49. Distribution—On sponge from reef north of Tagus Cove; on gas- tropod shell, Gardner Bay, 25-35 fathoms; Port Utria, 15-20 fathoms. Anna B. Hastings has reported a species, Zanclea protecta, (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), X, 1930, pp. 552-560), from James Bay, James Island, from Gorgona Island, and from Taboga Island, but it has not been observed in this collection. Genus SYNCORYNE Syncoryne flexibilis, new species Plate 2, Fig. 8 Trophosome.—Zooids growing singly from a creeping stolon; long and slender, reaching a height of 20 mm. but varying much in height; perisarc thin, hence the pedicel is not rigid; no annulations. Hydranths large, with 50 or more tentacles, more crowded than usual. Gonosome.—Medusa-buds thickly clustered above the proximal ten- tacles. Distribution—Gorgona Island, 20 fathoms; Port Utria, on coral at low tide, in 20 fathoms and in 40 fathoms; Jicaron Island, 15 fath- oms; Secas Islands, 15 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Syncoryne mirabilis (L. Agassiz) Coryne mirabilis L. Acassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U.S., IV, 1862, p. 185. Syncoryne mirabilis FRAsER, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 114. Distribution—Wenman Island; north shore of Tagus Cove; Black Beach; all at low tide. 16 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Family Atractylidae Genus BIMERIA Bimeria gracilis Clark Bumeria gracilis CLarK, Hyd. of Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 252. Frasrr, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 115. Distribution —James Bay, 50-70 fathoms; Bahia Honda, low tide; South Viradores Islands, 8-10 fathoms; north of White Friars Islands, 5-10 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms. PBimeria laxa, new species Plate 2, Fig. 9 Trophosome.—Colonies, reaching a height of 6 cm., are fascicled in an unusual manner; there is one central tube much larger than the peripheral tubes that cover it loosely, so that much of it is exposed; this applies not only to the main stem but to the main branches, that are few in number and irregularly arranged. Short, slender branches or branchlets are given off irregularly from the main stem as well as from the branches, at an acute angle; the pedicels are short and wrinkled but not distinctly annulated. ‘The portion of the perisarc that surrounds the base of the hydranth is rugose; hydranth small, with 9-10 tentacles. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Academy Bay, 17-22 fathoms. PBimeria pygmaea, new species Plate 2, Fig. 10 Trophosome.—Minute, solitary zooids, 0.4 mm. high, grow at quite regular intervals from a linear stolon, which has scarcely any branches. The perisarc on the pedicel, as well as that which grows over the base of the hydranth, is wrinkled. Tentacles 10-12. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 8-12 fathoms. Bimeria tenella Fraser Bimeria tenella Fraser, California hydroids, 1925, p. 168. Distribution—In outer Cartago Bay, 32 fathoms. No. l FRASER: HYDROIDS 17 Bimeria vestita Wright Bimeria vestita Wricut, Edinburgh N.P. Jour. (N.S.), 1859, p. 109. Hincks, British Hyd. Zoophytes, 1868, p. 103. Distribution—San Francisco Bay, 2 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Genus BOUGAINVILLIA Bougainvillia crassa, new species Plate 3, Fig. 11 Trophosome.—Stem coarse, fascicled, reaching a height of 6 cm.; branches slender as compared with the stem, some of them fascicled in the proximal portion; large branches somewhat regularly arranged, with smaller branches between less regularly placed; ultimate branch- lets numerous, giving the whole colony a flabellate appearance. Stem, branches, and branchlets somewhat wrinkled but not annulated. Hy- dranths small, with 8-10 tentacles. Gonosome.—Medusa-buds appear singly, attached by short pedicels to the ultimate branchlets. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, at low tide, in 7-8 fathoms and in 10-12 fathoms; Port Culebra, 3-10 fathoms; Tangola-Tangola, 15-20 fathoms. Genus PERIGONIMUS Perigonimus repens (Wright) Eudendrium repens WRiGHT, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, 1858, p. 448. Atractylis repens WRIGHT, ibid., p. 450. Perigonimus repens Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 120. Distribution —Off Clipperton Island, 65 fathoms; Tagus Cove, 10-18 fathoms and in 70 fathoms; Post Office Bay, 10-15 fathoms; Cartago Bay, 8-12 fathoms; between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fathoms; Gardner Bay, 25-35 fathoms; Santa Elena Bay, 10-12 fathoms; Port Culebra, 3-10 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms; Santa Maria Bay, 10 fathoms. PPerigonimus robustus, new species Plate 3, Fig. 12 Trophosome.—Colony slender, unbranched, reaching a height of 60 mm. Stem continuous throughout but not very straight or rigid; 18 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 annulated or wavy throughout the whole length. Zooids given off irregularly from all sides of the stem, the pedicel of each making an acute angle with the stem; pedicel increases in diameter as it passes out so that the distal portion bears some resemblance to a hydrotheca; annulations or wrinkles close together in the proximal half or two thirds, farther apart in the distal portion. Hydranth with 9-10 tentacles. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Petatlan Bay, 5-10 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms. This species looks much unlike any other species of Perigonimus that has been described, especially as regards size, but it seems to fit better with this genus than elsewhere and without the gonosome it cannot be placed more definitely. It is just possible that if the gono- some were known it might be necessary to place it in a new genus. Family Eudendridae Genus EUDENDRIUM Eudendrium breve, new species Plate 3, Fig. 13 Trophosome.—Individual zooids arising singly from an irregularly reticulate stolon, the hydranth with its pedicel reaching a height of 2 mm.; stolon smooth; pedicel smooth, slightly wrinkled or with few irregular annulations. Hydranths conspicuous with about 20 tentacles. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution——Black Beach, low tide. ‘This species has a more extensive and more closely reticulate stolon than E. tenellum. It is not so slender as compared with the length of the pedicel as this species is, and the individual zooids are much more closely placed on the stolon. There were no gonophores of either sex on any of the colonies obtained. Eudendrium capillare Alder Eudendrium capillare ALDER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), XVIII, 1856; ‘p. 35). Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 122. Distribution—Pacora Island, 15-25 fathoms; Secas Islands, 25 fathoms. No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 19 Eudendrium carneum Clarke Eudendrium carneum CLARKE, Hyd. of Chesapeake Bay, 1882, p. 137. Fraser, Beaufort Hyd., 1912, p. 349. Disiribution—South of Clarion Island, 50 fathoms; James Bay, 20 fathoms; between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fathoms; San Francisco Bay, 2 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Eudendrium certicaule, new species Plate 3, Fig. 14 Trophosome.—Colony erect, reaching a length of 6 cm. The main stem is simple, straight, definitely continuous throughout the whole length of the colony, more markedly so than is commonly the case in this genus. The branches, alternate but not very regularly arranged, make a wide angle with the stem; the branchlets of the pedicels are similarly arranged on the branches. Few or no annulations on the main stem, 2-4 at the bases of the branches, branchlets, and pedicels. Hy- dranths with 15 or 16 tentacles. Gonosome.—Male gonophores, single-chambered, form a loose series around the base of the hydranth, that is not aborted. Female gono- phores form a series of 3 or 4 around the base of the hydranth, which is not aborted. Distribution—lIn the channel between Narborough and Albemarle islands, 70 fathoms; James Bay, 30-50 fathoms; between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fathoms. Eudendrium exiguum Allman Eudendrium exiguum ALLMAN, Hyd. of the Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 6. Distribution—Gorgona Island, on coral at low tide. Eudendrium nodosum, new species Plate 4, Fig. 15 Trophosome.—Colonies slender, 35 mm. high; branching irregular, one or two primary branches commonly giving rise to the hydranth pedicels directly and these may all be on the one side of the branch; 20 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 hydranths also arising from the main stem; stem and main branches scarcely annulated, although there may be nodes at infrequent intervals. Pedicels with one or more annulations or wrinkles, at no definite loca- tion on the pedicel. Hydranth with about 20 tentacles. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 10 fathoms. Eudendrium ramosum (Linn.) Tubularia ramosa LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1302. Eudendrium ramosum Hincxs, British Hyd. Zoophytes, 1868, p. 82. Distribution—Post Office Bay, on coral at low tide and in 8-10 fathoms; Bahia Honda, 15-25 fathoms; Secas Islands, 15 fathoms; Tangola-~Tangola, 15-20 fathoms; north of White Friars, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms; Santa Maria Bay, 35-40 fathoms; Thurloe Point, 8-10 fathoms. Eudendrium tenellum Allman Eudendrium tenellum ALLMAN, Hyd. of the Gulf Stream, 1877, p.8. Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 123. Distribution—Off Wenman Island, 100-150 fathoms; in channel between Narborough and Albemarle islands, 70 fathoms; between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 120 fathoms; Gardner Bay, 25-35 fathoms; San Francisco Bay, 2 fathoms; Gorgona Island, 20 fathoms; Bahia Honda, 15-25 fathoms; Tangola-Tangola, 15-20 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Eudendrium tenue A. Agassiz Eudendrium tenue A. Acassiz, N. A. Acalephae, 1865, p. 160. Nuttinc, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 333. Distribution—South of Clarion Island, 50 fathoms; Tagus Cove, 30 fathoms; Black Beach, near shore; north of White Friars, 5-10 fathoms. No. l FRASER: HYDROIDS 2) Family Hydractinidae Genus HYDRACTINIA Hydractinia carolinae Fraser Hydractinia carolinae FRAsER, Beaufort Hyd., 1912, p. 351. Distribution—South Viradores Islands, 8-10 fathoms; ‘Tangola- Tangola, 15-20 fathoms. Hydractinia disjuncta, new species Plate 4, Fig. 16 Trophosome.—Nutritive zooids small, with 10-12 tentacles, scat- tered over the surface of a gastropod shell, inhabited by a hermit crab. Gonosome.—Female generative zooids much smaller than the nutri- tive, with the tentacles short and only four or five in number; sparsely scattered throughout the colony. Sporosacs single or in pairs, opposite (these may not be at the same stage of development), arising about half way from the base to the tentacles; ova 6-8 in number. Male zooids not observed. Other zooids—No dactylozooids or sensory zooids. The spines are quite numerous; they may be almost as high as the generative zooids; smooth, slightly curved to a blunt point. Distribution—Jicarita Island, 30 fathoms; Port Culebra, 3-10 fathoms. Hydractinia epispongia, new species Plate 4, Fig. 17 Trophosome.—Colony growing over a dense calcareous sponge; nutritive zooids small, the most extended 0.6 mm. long, with 7 or 8 tentacles. Gonosome.—Male generative zooids shorter and much more slender than the nutritive; without tentacles but the distal end much swollen, made up largely of batteries of nematocysts. Sporosacs of different sizes appear on the basal half; sometimes these are distinctly pedicellate; up to 5 in number. Female zooids were not observed. Other zooids.—Zooids like the generative zooids but without sporo- sacs are numerous in some areas. Whether they, or any of them, remain 22 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 purely offensive and defensive zooids (spiral zooids) there was no means of telling from the specimens. Spines—There were no spines. The individual zooids fit into cavi- ties in the sponge skeleton and apparently need no further protection of that nature. Distribution.—East of the islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Hydractinia hancocki, new species Plate 4, Fig. 18 Trophosome.—Colonies growing on small-ribbed gastropod shells, with the basal coenosarc forming a loose network, the meshes fitting into the sulci of the shell. There are no definite spines; sometimes closely crowded, there are brown spheroidal bodies, looking like the basal bodies of real spines. In some colonies, however, none of these was observed. The nutritive zooids are slender, reaching a height of 1.8 mm. The tentacles are few in number, 12-16, arranged in one irregular series. Gonosome.—The generative zooids are smaller than the nutritive, and the tentacles are reduced in number, commonly 4. The male gono- phores vary in number, up to 7, placed some distance proximal to the tentacles, not in a regular series. The female sporosacs are placed simi- larly to those in the male and are even more irregular in position. The ova are few, with 6 as a maximum. Other zooids—None observed. Distribution—Black Beach, at low tide; Post Office Bay, 12-15 fathoms; Stephens Bay, 32 fathoms; west of South Seymour Island, 5 fathoms; Sulivan Bay, 6 fathoms; Cartago Bay, 8-12 fathoms; between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fathoms; Gardner Bay, 20 fathoms. Hydractinia longispina, new species Plate 4, Fig. 19 Trophosome.—Colony growing from a basal coenosarc, consisting of a close network from which arise several elongated spines. The nutri- tive zooids are long, 3 mm., but rather slender, with numerous (30 or more) long, slender tentacles, not definitely arranged in series. Gonosome.—The generative zooids are but slightly reduced in size, if at all; the number of tentacles varies but there is seldom more than half of the number found on the nutritive zooids. The sporosacs are No. l FRASER: HYDROIDS 23 situated about midway up on the hydrocaulis. The male sporosacs are few, arranged in an irregular series. The large female sporosacs are much more numerous in a somewhat irregularly crowded series; the ova in each sporosac are numerous, but because the sporosacs are so large the ova are still quite large. Other zocids——None observed. Spines—The elongated spines or, more properly speaking, tubes, since they do not seem to be closed at the slightly tapered distal end, are smooth, 1.5 mm. long; some of them shorter, seem to be broken off. Distribution—Tagus Cove, 10-18 fathoms; Post Office Bay, 8-10 fathoms. Hydractinia multispina, new species Plate 4, Fig. 20 Trophosome.—Large colonies growing from basal ccenosarc, made up of a network so close that it is practically continuous. The nutritive zooids are large for the genus, as much as 3.5 mm. long when con- tracted. The tentacles are numerous, 36, in two quite definite series. Gonosome.—Although colonies were obtained from four localities, they were all female. The generative zooids are somewhat smaller than the nutritive, and the tentacles are reduced in number, 12-15. The sporosacs are few, 4 or 5, attached just proximal to the tentacles, with a few, not more than 8, eva in each. Other z<ooids.—None observed. Spines.—From the coenosarcal base arise numerous smooth spines, nearly cylindrical but tapering slightly to a blunt tip, most of them about 0.6 mm. in length but some of them slightly longer. Distribution——On large shells between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fathoms; Post Office Bay, 10 fathoms and 12-15 fathoms; Black Beach, low tide. Hydractinia polycarpa, new species Plate 5, Fig. 21 Trophosome.—Nutritive zooids in greatest extension 1.8 mm., with 8-10 tentacles. Gonosome.—Female generative zooids, shorter, 1.0 mm., and more slender than the nutritive zooids; no tentacles; the distal end is some- what swollen and is well provided with nematocysts; the swollen end is much darker than the rest of the zooid, a dark brown, almost a 24 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 black, in some of the preserved specimens. Sporosacs numerous, as many as 10, forming a dense cluster around the distal half of the zooid; 2 to 4 ova in each sporosac. No male specimens were obtained. Other zooids.—Dactylozooids numerous, forming almost a continu- ous row in some places at the margin of the colony. Spines.—Spines are numerous, rather small, slender, tapering to the point, slightly rough at the margins. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 7-12 fathoms. Hydractinia quadrigemina, new species Plate 5, Fig. 22 Trophosome.—Colony growing on the surface of a gastropod shell; largest nutritive zooids 2.5 mm., with 15 or 16 tentacles. Gonosome.—Female generative zooids somewhat smaller than the nutritive, with tentacles well developed but not numerous, 6-8. Usually there is but one sporosac, although a small one may appear opposite the fully developed one, a short distance below the base of the tentacles. Sporosacs large, spherical, with four large ova. No male specimens observed. Other zooids——None observed. Spines.—The spines are conspicuous but not very numerous; they may reach a length of nearly 1.0 mm.; smooth, tapering very gradually, slightly curved. Distribution—Off Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms. Genus PODOCORYNE Podocoryne reticulata, new species Plate 5, Fig. 23 Trophosome.—tIndividual zooids arise from a stolon that follows the groove between successive whorls in the shell of a gastropod; the whorls are ribbed and cross connections of the stolon lie almost entirely in the sulcus formed by the ribbing. The nutritive zooids are small, about 0.7 mm., with 10-12 tentacles. Gonosome.—The generative zooids are but little smaller than the nutritive zooids and the number of tentacles is but slightly reduced, 6 or 7. The medusa-buds are borne just below the tentacles; there is No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 25 commonly but one bud to a zooid, but often two, seldom more. Occa- sionally a bud is borne directly on the stolon. Other zooids——None observed. No spines. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 8-12 fathoms. The protection given by the ribbing of the shell makes the usual calcareous deposits on the stolon unnecessary. Family Pennaridae Genus PENNARIA Pennaria tiarella McCrady Pennaria tiarella McCrapy, Gymnoph. of Charleston Har., 1859, p. 51. Fraser, Beaufort Hyd., 1912, p. 355. Distribution.—North shore, Wenman Island, low tide; Post Office Bay, 12-15 fathoms; Santa Elena Bay, 5-12 fathoms; San Francisco Bay, 2 fathoms; Port Culebra, low tide. Family Cladocorynidae Genus CLADOCORYNE Cladyocoryne pelagica Allman Cladocoryne pelagica ALLMAN, Linn. Soc. Jour., 1876, p. 255. Distribution—Braithwaite Bay, on coral at low tide; Santa Elena Bay, 10-12 fathoms. Family Tubularidae Genus TUBULARIA Tubularia sp. Trophosome.—Several young tubularians were scattered over a gastropod shell, none of them more than 2 mm. high and most of them less than 1.5 mm. The light-colored perisarc is heavy enough to give the zooid a rigid appearance; it is smooth and ends abruptly some short distance below the base of the hydranth, the exposed portion being much more slender than the portion within the perisarc. The basal tentacles are 14 or less and the oral tentacles 10 or less in number. 26 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Gonosome.—None of the zooids was mature. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 8-12 fathoms. These specimens seem unlike any other American species of this genus but as they are immature it does not seem advisable to give them a name. Tubularia crocea (Agassiz) Parypha crocea AGassiz, Contr. Nat. Hist. U.S., IV, 1862, p. 249. Tubularia crocea Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 127. Distribution—Tagus Cove, in 30 fathoms and on coral and sponges at low tide; Jicaron Island, 30 fathoms. Tubularia integra, new species Plate 5, Fig. 24 Trophosome.—Individual zooids growing singly, at irregular inter- vals from a loosely reticulate stolon, reaching a height of 25 to 30 mm. The stolon is slightly annulated but the pedicels are entirely smooth, tapering slightly to a greater diameter at the base of the hydranth; somewhat swollen just proximal to the constriction where the support of the hydranth takes place. The basal tentacles, 25-32 in number, are long and slender as compared with the proximal that are short and stout for their length; they are much fewer, 8-12. Gonosome.—Gonophores appear on short processes, sometimes al- most sessile; there are four well-separated, but very low, tentacular processes. Distribution—Stephens Bay, 35 fathoms; west of South Seymour Island, 5 fathoms; Pacora Island, 15-25 fathoms; Medidor Island, at low tide on coral. Tubularia multitentaculata, new species Plate 6, Fig. 25 Trophosome.——Solitary zooids are large, up to 2 cm., with a heavy brown perisarc covering the pedicel except for a short distance at the distal end. Hydranth large, with 20-24 long proximal tentacles and very numerous, up to 100, distal tentacles. Gonosome.—Gonophores with a tendency to form clusters, but the pedicels are short and unbranched; the radial canals show distinctly; when mature, they are large, 1.3 mm. in length. The distal end is not No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 27 provided with tentacular processes, although when the actinulae are partly dehisced, that gives the appearance of distal processes. Distribution—Thurloe Point, on gorgonids, 8-10 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, also on gorgonids, 10-15 fathoms. Suborder CALYPTOBLASTEA Family Bonneviellidae Genus BONNEVIELLA Bonneviella minor, new species Plate 7, Fig. 26 Trophosome.—Zooids arising singly from a loosely spreading stolon, which does not form a very definite network. Pedicels short, not as long as the hydrothecae, without annulations or corrugations. Hydrothecae almost tubular, 1.4 mm. long, 0.5 mm. in diameter, with a distinctly flaring margin. It has much the appearance of that of B. regia, but is only about half as long and half as wide. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—In the channel between Narborough and Albemarle islands, 70 fathoms. Family Campanularidae Genus CAMPANULARIA PCampanularia emarginata, new species Plate 7, Fig. 27 Trophosome.—Zooids arise singly from a stolon that does not form a network; at times, this stolon seems to form a loose fascicle; total height 4 mm., of which the hydrotheca takes 1.1 or 1.2 mm. Pedicels with no annulations except two, immediately proximal to the hydro- theca. Hydrotheca twice, or nearly so, as long as it is broad, cylindrical in its distal half, gradually rounding to the base. Margin with 12 blunt, distinctly cut teeth, each tooth emarginate. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—On Antennularia, La Plata Island, 45-55 fathoms. PCampanularia gracilicaulis, new species Plate 7, Fig. 28 Trophosome.—Individual zooids arise from a meandering stolon, which is slender and smooth; the individual pedicels are long and 28 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 slender, up to 5 mm., so that they stand out conspicuously from the sup- porting surface; they are not annulated directly at the base, but a short distance from the base there are numerous annulations; some distance distal to these there is a smaller number, and two or three near the distal end, next the hydrotheca. Hydrotheca broadly campanulate, with 10 rather shallow, rounded teeth at the margin. Lines run backward from the indentations between the teeth. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—West of South Seymour Island, 5 fathoms. Campanularia hincksi Alder Campanularia hincksi ALDER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), XVIII, 1856, p. 360. Hincxs, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 162. Distribution—East of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Campanularia urceolata Clark Campanularia urceolata CLarK, Alaskan Hyd., 1876, p. 215. Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 140. Distribution——FEast of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Campanularia volubilis (Linn.) Sertularia volubilis LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1311. Campanularia volubilis FRAsER, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 141. Distribution—Black Beach, low tide; White Friars Islands, 25 fathoms. Genus CLYTIA Clytia acutidentata, new species Plate 7, Fig. 29 Trophosome.—Colony small, reaching a height of 6 mm., not defi- nitely branched. The stem is geniculate in such a way that each pedicel No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 29 in succession seems to terminate the stem, while the offshoot becomes the main stem for the next internode; the angle between the offshoot and the stem is so small that the general direction of the growth of the colony is but little changed. In no case are there more than 7 or 8 zooids in the colony, and there may be only 1 or 2. The main stem has several annulations at the base, the short pedicels are annulated through- out and the larger pedicels, proximally and distally. The hydrotheca is broadly campanulate with 10 acute teeth on the margin. A line runs backward from the tip of each tooth a short distance toward the base of the hydrotheca. Gonosome.—Gonangium arising from the stolon, with little indica- tion of a pedicel, smooth, with a short distal collar. Distribution——Post Office Bay, on coral at low tide; north of White Friars Islands, on coral in 5 fathoms. Clytia attenuata (Calkins) Campanularia attenuata CALKINS, Hyd. of Puget Sound, 1899, p. 350. Clytia attenuata Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 142. Distribution—Tagus Cove, on coral at low tide. PClytia carinadentata, new species Plate 7, Fig. 30 Trophosome.—Colony small, slender, 5 mm. high; no branches, not even a continuous stem. The basal portion continues to form the pedi- cel for the proximal zooid; a short distance proximal to the base of the hydrotheca another stem is given off, forming a pronounced knee at its origin; this continues to form the pedicel of the second zooid, and this may give off a third in the same way, except that the distal portion (in this case, the pedicel for the third zooid) does not give off any stem or pedicel. The original stem is annulated at the base, a short distance proxi- mal to the point where the next one has its origin, and immediately below the hydrotheca; the intermediate stem is annulated at the base and below the base of the hydrotheca as is the terminal one. The hydrotheca is nearly tubular, 1.0 mm. long, 0.5 mm. wide; the margin is provided with 12-14 acute teeth, each of which is distinctly keeled, 30 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 the keel extending backward a short distance toward the base of the hydrotheca. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution Off the northeast point of Albemarle Island, low tide. Clytia coronata (Clarke) Campanularia coronata CLARKE, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 1879, p. 242. Clytia coronata Fraser, Beaufort Hyd., 1912, p. 357. Distribution —Pacora Island, 15-25 fathoms; Tangola-Tangola, 15- 20 fathoms. Clytia cylindrica Agassiz Clytia cylindrica Acassiz, Contr. Nat. Hist. U.S., IV, 1862, p. 306. Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 142. Distribution —Oft Clipperton Island, 65 fathoms; off Albemarle Point, on Sargassum; Tagus Cove, on corals and sponges at low tide and in 30 fathoms; Black Beach, low tide; San Francisco Bay, 2 fath- oms; Pacora Island, 15-25 fathoms; Bahia Honda, 15-25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Clytia edwardsi (Nutting) Campanularia edwardsi NutTinc, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 346. Clytia edwardsi Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 143. Distribution— Between Narborough and Albemarle islands, 70 fathoms; Santa Maria Bay, 10 fathoms; off Thurloe Point, 8-10 fathoms. Clytia fascicularis, new species Plate 7, Fig. 31 Trophosome.—Hydrothecae often arising single from a stolon, with a pedicel annulated proximally and distally, but often the pedicels are clustered to form a loose fascicle, with a total height of 5 mm., in which case the part of the pedicel that is free from the fascicle is short No. l FRASER: HYDROIDS a1 and entirely annulated. Hydrotheca cylindrical, the base broadening to full width immediately as it leaves the pedicel, large, 0.7 mm. by 0.4 mm. The margin is supplied with 10 blunt but deeply cut teeth. Gonosome.—The gonangium is attached to the stolon by a short pedicel; it is obovate, with the distal end truncate; slightly corrugated ; 1.0 mm. by 0.4 mm. Distribution.—Santa Elena Bay, 8-12 fathoms; Port Utria, on coral at low tide; Tangola-Tangola, on coral at low tide; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms. Clytia inconspicua (Forbes) Thaumantias inconspicua Forsrs, Br. Naked-eyed Medusae, 1848, ps2. Clytia inconspicua FRASER, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 144. Distribution —Jicaron Island, 15 fathoms. Clytia irregularis, new species Plate 8, Fig. 32 Trophosome.—Colony, 8 mm., unbranched or slightly branched, sometimes slightly fascicled toward the base; each branch similar to a portion of the main stem. Hydrothecae given off irregularly, with a decided “‘knee’’ on the pedicel as it leaves the stem. Pedicels vary much in length; the short ones may be annulated throughout, but the longer ones are partly free from annulations, there being more of them toward the distal than toward the proximal end; annulations on the main stem just distal to the node. Hydrotheca approximately one third longer than wide, definitely campanulate; margin with 12 deeply incised, sharp teeth. Gonosome.—Gonangia single or in pairs, given off from the main stem or branch, at the node; the base tapers to a point and it can scarcely be said that there is a pedicel. There is an increase in diameter until a constriction is reached just below the margin. The whole go- nangium, which is smooth, may be regularly and distinctly curved; the distal end is truncated, with a small opening centrally placed. ‘The medusa-buds are somewhat longer than broad. Distribution—Tangola-J angola, on coral slightly below low tide; off White Friars, in 5-10 and in 25 fathoms. 32 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Clytia johnstoni (Alder) Campanularia johnstoni ALDER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), XVIII, 1856; p. 359! Clytia johnstoni Hincxs, Br. Hyd. Zoophytes, 1868, p. 143. Distribution—Gorgona Island, low tide; ‘Tangola-Tangola, on coral at low tide; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Clytia kincaidi (Nutting) Campanularia kincaidi NutTtinc, Hyd. of Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899, p. 743. Clytia kincaidi Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 146. Distribution—Wenman Island, low tide; Tagus Cove, 30 fathoms; between Narborough and Albemarle islands, 70 fathoms; between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fathoms; angola-Tangola, 15- 20 fathoms; north of White Friars, 25 fathoms; off Tenacatita Point, 10 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Clytia longicyatha (Allman) Obelia longicyatha ALLMAN, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 1377p; LO: Clytia longicyatha FRASER, Beaufort Hyd., 1912, p. 359. Distribution—Port Utria, 20 fathoms; Jicaron Island, 25-30 fath- oms; Secas Islands, 15 fathoms; Tangola-Tangola, 15-20 fathoms; Isa- bel Island, 10-25 fathoms; Santa Maria Bay, 35-40 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Clytia longitheca Fraser Clytia longitheca FrasEr, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 137. Distribution—TVTangola-Tangola, 15-20 fathoms. PClytia multidentata, new species Plate 8, Fig. 33 Trophosome.—tIndividual zooids grow in a loose cluster; pedicels 2.5 mm. long; annulations at the base of the hydrotheca, otherwise smooth. Hydrotheca gradually increasing in diameter from base to No. l FRASER: HYDROIDS 33 margin; length 1.0 mm., greatest breadth 0.5 mm.; margin with 16-18 slender, blunt, deeply cut teeth; distinct lines running backward from the spaces between the teeth. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Port Utria, 20 fathoms. Clytia raridentata (Alder) Plate 8, Fig. 34 Campanularia raridentata ALDER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), LX, 1862. py 31d: Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p-138. Trophosome.—Stems unbranched, serving for the pedicels of the hydranths, arising from a stolon, which at this point has a distinct ele- vation, somewhat bulbous in appearance; pedicel annulated at the base and below the hydrotheca and sometimes more or less throughout. Hydrotheca long and narrow, tapering slightly from margin to base; teeth usually 5 in number, deep and rounded at the tip. Gonosome.—(Not previously described.) Gonangium arising from the stolon, with scarcely any pedicel; from the base it increases in di- ameter gradually toward the middle and then decreases almost imper- ceptibly until it suddenly enlarges at the distal end to form a definite flare, truncated, without a collar. The opening is about half of the diameter of the distal end; surface smooth. Distribution—Braithwaite Bay, 16-18 fathoms; Tangola-Tangola, at low tide and in 15-20 fathoms. P Clytia seriata, new species Plate 8, Fig. 35 Trophosome.—Colony 20 mm., usually unbranched, consisting of a series of zooids—8 in the colony described—rather than a stem, from which zooids are given off at intervals. The pedical of each zooid, with the exception of the basal, has its origin a short distance below the hydro- theca of the zooid immediately preceding it, with a definite “knee” at the base, so that the successive pedicels are not far from being in a straight line; the pedicel has several annulations, proximally and dis- tally. Occasionally a colony appears with a branch given off in much the same way as the pedicel, and it continues in a similar way to the 34 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 main portion. The hydrotheca is situated like an inverted, truncated cone, with a very evident diaphragm; margin entire. Gonosome.—Gonangium arising from near the middle of a pedicel, with scarcely any pedicel of its own, but turning to pass in the same direction as the hydranth pedicel; elongated, obovate, rounded at the distal end, without a terminal collar. The only gonangium observed was empty. Distribution—Tangola-Tangola, near shore in 15-20 fathoms. Genus EUCOPELLA Eucopella everta (Clark) Campanularia everta CLARK, Hyd. of the Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 253. Eucopella everta FRASER, West Coast Hyd., 1911, p. 37. Distribution—Thurloe Point, 8-10 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Eucopella minor, new species Plate 8, Fig. 36 Trophosome.—Zooids arising singly from a stoloniferous network; height 1.0 mm., the pedicel 0.6 mm., and the hydrotheca 0.4 mm. Pedi- cel corrugated or slightly annulated throughout; a distinctly spherical portion appears directly below the hydrotheca. Hydrotheca with thick wall, width 0.3 mm., scarcely flaring, nearly tubular, with 12 low, rounded teeth forming a crenate margin. Gonosome.—Gonangium arising directly from the stolon with a short pedicel, 1.25 mm. by 0.6 mm., nearly smooth, slightly obovate, with the distal end truncate. One large medusoid structure occupies most of the space within; in some cases, an indication of a second one appears. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, on floating Sargassum. Genus GONOTHYRAEA Gonothyraea clarki (Marktanner) Laomedea (Gonothyraea) clarki MLARKTANNER-URNERESCHER, Hyd. von Ost Spitzbergen, 1895, p. 408. Gonothyraea clarki Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 148. DistributionSouth of Clarion Island, 50 fathoms. No. l FRASER: HYDROIDS 35 Gonothyraea gracilis (Sars) Laomedea gracilis Sars, Beretning om en Zool. Reise i Lofoten og Finmarken, 1851, p. 18. Gonothyraea gracilis Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 148. Distribution—Braithwaite Bay, 30 fathoms; Tagus Cove, 30 fath- oms; Post Office Bay, 10-15 fathoms; James Bay, 50-70 fathoms; Car- tago Bay, 32 fathoms; between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fathoms; La Plata Island, 45-55 fathoms; Port Utria, 15-20 fathoms; Tangola-Tangola, 15-20 fathoms; off White Friars, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms. Gonothyraea serialis, new species Plate 8, Fig. 37 Trophosome.—Zooids arising singly from the stolon, or with a succession of three or four, the second arising from the pedicel of the first, the third arising from the pedicel of the second, et cetera, in each case, somewhat nearer the distal end than the proximal; highest colony observed, 6 mm. Each pedicel has several annulations at or near each end; each pedicel forms a definite ‘‘knee”’ at its origin. The diameter of the hydrotheca gradually becomes greater from base to margin; length 0.7 to 0.75 mm., breadth 0.4 mm. Margin with 12 sharp teeth, dis- tinctly but not deeply cut; each tooth has a distinct ridge which con- tinues back on the hydrotheca as a distinct line. Gonosome.—Gonangia arising from the axils of the pedicels, or from the stolon, with a short pedicel which has one or two annulations ; obovate, truncate, with a narrow but distinct collar. Distribution—On a Lytocarpus stem at low tide, Port Utria; Bahia Honda, 15-25 fathoms. Genus OBELIA Obelia alternata, new species Plate 8, Fig. 38 Trophosome.—Colony small and delicate, with a maximum length of 5 or 6 mm., most of the colonies much shorter than this. Stem flexu- ous, alternating to the one side and the other; very occasionally there is a single branch; the pedicel of each hydrotheca appears to be a con- tinuation of the preceding internode of the stem, bending outward or 36 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 even slightly backward in the distal portion; two or three annulations at the base of each internode; pedicels, except the terminal one that is annulated at each end, are annulated throughout. Hydrotheca small, broadly campanulate, slightly flaring at the margin, which is supplied with 10 rounded, comparatively shallow teeth. Gonosome.—Gonangia arising from the axils of the hydrothecal pedicels, obovate, with a terminal opening but without a definite collar. Distribution—Post Office Bay, 12-15 fathoms; west of South Sey- mour Island, 5 fathoms. This species resembles O. dichotoma in its mode of growth, but the colonies are, in general, much smaller, and the hydrothecae are quite dissimilar. Obelia articulata (A. Agassiz) Eucope articulata A. AcAssiz, N. A. Acalephae, 1865, p. 89. Obelia articulata FRASER, Hyd. of Eastern Canada, 1918, p. 348. Distribution—Between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fath- oms. Obelia commissuralis McCrady Obelia commissuralis McCrapy, Gymno. Charleston Har., 1859, p. 95. Nuttinc, American Hyd., Part III, 1915, p. 83. Distribution—Bahia Honda, 15-25 fathoms; Tangola-Tangola, 15- 20 fathoms. Obelia dichotoma ( Linn.) Sertularia dichotoma LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 812. Obelia dichotoma Hi1ncxs, Br. Hyd. Zoophytes, 1868, p. 156. Distribution—Tagus Cove, on coral and sponges at low tide; Santa Elena Bay, on drifting Sargassum; Tangola-Tangola, 15-20 fathoms; north of White Friars, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Obelia equilateralis, new species Plate 9, Fig. 39 Trophosome.—Colony small, simple, unbranched, reaching a height of 6 or 7 mm. Stem irregularly geniculate, annulated at the proximal end of the internodes. Hydrothecae irregularly arranged on long pedi- No. l FRASER: HYDROIDS civd cels that are annulated below the base of the hydrothecae and some- times at the proximal end as well. Hydrothecae, in face view, almost equilaterally triangular. Margin entire, without flare. Gonosome.—Gonangium large, 1.4 mm. long, growing directly from the stem between the nodes; smooth, elliptical or slightly obovate ; opening small, terminal; no collar. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 8-12 fathoms. Obelia geniculata (Linn.) Sertularia geniculata LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1312. Obelia geniculata H1incxs, Br. Hyd. Zoophytes, 1868, p. 149. Distribution—Braithwaite Bay, 16-18 fathoms; Tagus Cove, low tide; reef north of the entrance to Tagus Cove, low tide. Obelia hyalina Clarke Obelia hyalina CLARKE, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 1879, p. 241. Fraser, Beaufort Hyd., 1912, p. 363. Distribution—East of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; Santa Maria Bay, 10 fathoms; Thurloe Point, low tide; South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Obelia microtheca, new species Plate 9, Fig. 40 Trophosome.—Colony small, slender, reaching a height of 4 mm., but usually much less. Hydrothecae quite regularly alternate, with a tendency to geniculation. Pedicels 1-2 times as long as the hydrothecae. Stem annulated above the origin of each pedicel; pedicel annulated in at least the distal half. Hydrothecae nearly equal in breadth and length; small, 0.2 mm. Margin entire. Gonosome.—Gonangium resembling that of O. dichotoma, arising with a short pedicel from the axil of the hydrothecal pedicel, 0.5-0.6 mm. in total length; a definite collar much smaller than the distal por- tion of the gonangium. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 10 fathoms. 38 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Obelia obtusidens (Jaderholm) Plate 9, Fig. 41 Campanularia obtusidens JADERHOLM, Hyd. aus den Kiisten von Chile, 1904, p. 2. Trophosome.—Colony simple, reaching a height of 3 cm. Stem slightly geniculate; in larger colonies there are regularly alternating branches, in smaller colonies there may be none. Stem quite extensively annulated in the proximal portion of each internode; short pedicels annulated throughout, longer ones, in proximal and distal portions. Hydrothecae broadly campanulate, almost as broad as long; margin with 12 low, rounded teeth; lines pass backward along the hydrothecae from the indentations. Gonosome.—(Not previously described.) Gonangium arising di- rectly from the stolon, with a short pedicel, not annulated, smooth, broad at the distal end and tapering rather rapidly at the proximal end. There is a distinct collar. Length 0.75 mm., greatest breadth 0.2 mm. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 10-12 fathoms. Obelia plicata Hincks Obelia plicata Hincxs, Br. Hyd. Zoophytes, 1868, p. 154. Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 154. Distribution—South of Clarion Island, 50 fathoms; James Bay, 50-70 fathoms; Cartago Bay, 32 fathoms; between Charles and Inde- fatigable islands, 60 fathoms; La Plata Island, 45-55 fathoms; Gorgona Island, 20 and 150 fathoms; Port Utria, 40 fathoms; Jicaron Island, 25-30 fathoms; Pacora Island, 15-25 fathoms; Santa Maria Bay, 35-40 fathoms. Obelia tenuis, new species Plate 9, Fig. 42 Trophosome.—Colony small; sometimes there is a single hydrotheca and pedicel but usually there is a short geniculate stem, giving off up to four hydrothecae in which case it may reach a height of 2 mm. The hydrotheca is borne on a short, annulated, or partly annulated pedicel (the internodes of the stem are annulated toward the proximal end) ; it appears to be an elongation of the pedicel, broadening gradually but not extensively to the margin; the margin has 8 rounded teeth; defi- | No. l FRASER: HYDROIDS 39 nite lines run from the indentations between the teeth backward to- ward the base. Gonosome.—Gonangia arising singly or in pairs from the hydro- thecal axils, small and slender for their length, 0.7 mm. long, 0.1 mm. in diameter, tubular, some of them with a definite collar at the distal end. The distal half may be slightly annulated or corrugated. The blastostyle is present in the basal portion only; the medusa-buds are liberated from the end of this to form a single linear series in the gonangium. Medusa with 12 tentacles at time of liberation from the gonangium. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, low tide to 12 fathoms; off Morro de Petatlan, 10-15 fathoms; off Tenacatita Point, 10 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Genus SILICULARIA Silicularia pedunculata (Jaderholm) Campanularia pedunculata JADERHOLM, Archives de Zool. Exper. et Gen. (4), III, 1904, p. vi. Silicularia divergens HARTLAUB, Die Hyd. der magalhaensischen Re- gion, 1905, p. 578. Silicularia pedunculata JADERHOLM, Hyd. aus Ant. Meere, 1905, p. 18. Distribution.—It is difficult to believe that this South Georgia and Tierra del Fuego species would inhabit the Secas Islands area, but the trophosome (no gonosome is present in the specimens) agrees so exactly with Jaderholm’s description and figures that it is impossible to ignore the resemblance. Family Campanulinidae Genus CAMPANULINA PCampanulina ramosa, new species Plate 9, Fig. 43 Trophosome.—Colony small, largest 7 mm., for the size of it, ex- tensively branched dichotomously; entirely without annulations or with but slight indications of such. Hydrotheca with 10 segments in the operculum. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution —Tagus Cove, 30 fathoms; between Charles and Inde- fatigable islands, 60 fathoms. 40 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Genus CUSPIDELLA Cuspidella humilis (Alder) Campanularia humilis ALDER, Trans. Tynes. Nat. F.C., 1863, p. 239. Cuspidella humilis Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 159. Distribution —Port Utria, 40 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-25 fath- oms. Genus LOVENELLA Lovenella nodosa, new species Plate 9, Fig. 44 Trophosome.—Stem slender, straight, unbranched, reaching a height of 35 mm. Hydrothecae given off regularly, alternate, gradually get- ting slightly closer together as they are farther from the base. Iwo, or occasionally three, nodes between successive hydrothecae near the base, but sometimes only one, just distal to the hydrotheca pedicel, in the distal portion. Pedicels longer near the base, with several annulations that look like nodes, shorter in the distal portion, with only one annu- lation. Hydrotheca turbinate, large, over 1.0 mm. in length from the base of the operculum to the base of the hydrotheca, 0.5 mm. wide at the base of the operculum; operculum of 8 segments, 0.4 mm. in length. Hydranth with 14-15 tentacles. Gonosome.—Gonangia arising from the pedicel of the hydrotheca, with a short pedicel, having one annulation; slender, almost tubular, but tapering slightly to the base; reaching slightly beyond the base of the operculum of the corresponding hydrotheca; truncated at the distal end. Six developing medusoids within the gonangium. Distribution Santa Elena Bay, 7-8 fathoms; off Morro de Petat- lan, 25 fathoms; off ‘Tenacatita Point, 10 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10- 25 tathoms; off Thurloe Point, 30 fathoms. Lovenella producta (Sars) Calycella producta Sars, Norges Hydroider, 1873, p. 30. Lovenella producta FRASER, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 159. Distribution—La Plata Island, 45-55 fathoms. This species closely resembles Egmundella gracilis Stechow but has none of the nematophores that are present in that species. No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 41 Family Halecidae Genus ENDOTHECIUM Endothecium reduplicatum Fraser Endothecium reduplicatum FRAsER, Some Japanese Hyd., 1935, p. 107. Distribution—Bahia Honda, 15-25 fathoms; off White Friars, 25 fathoms. Genus HALECIUM Halecium articulosum Clark Halecium articulosum CLARK, New England Hydroids, 1876, p. 63. Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 164. Distribution—South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Halecium beani (Johnston) Thoa beani JOHNSTON, Br. Zoophytes, 1847, p. 120. Halecium beani Hincxs, Br. Hyd. Zoophytes, 1868, p. 224. Distribution —Tagus Cove, 30 fathoms; James Bay, 50-70 fathoms ; between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fathoms; off Black Beach, 25-40 fathoms; Gardner Bay, 25-35 fathoms; Santa Elena Bay, 10-12 fathoms; San Francisco Bay, 2 fathoms; Tangola-Tangola, 15-20 fath- oms; off White Friars, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Halecium bermudense Congdon Halecium bermudense Concpon, Hyd. of Bermuda, 1907, p. 473. Fraser, Beaufort Hyd., 1912, p. 367. Distribution—Between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fath- oms. Halecium corrugatum Nutting Halecium corrugatum Nuttinec, Hyd. from Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899, p. 745. Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 164. Distribution —Santa Maria Bay, in 10 fathoms and in 35-40 fathoms. 42 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Halecium fasciculatum, new species Plate 10, Fig. 45 Trophosome.—Colony 30 mm.; main stem and larger branches fasci- cled for some distance; branches few and irregularly placed; simple portion of stem and branches strongly geniculate. Each internode seems to terminate in a hydrophore, which is often reduplicated; the suc- ceeding internode is given off near the distal end, and it, in turn, ends in a hydrophore; this is continued throughout the whole length. There are two annulations at the proximal end of each internode. The rim of the hydrophore is distinctly flaring. Several of the hydrophore pedicels have a large circular opening just proximal to the hydrophore. Gonosome.—Gonangium arising by a short, stout pedicel, from the hydrophore pedicel, is broadly lenticular. Each side of the lens is strongly marked by 5 longitudinal corrugations. (The contents of the gonangia were not in good enough condition to determine the sex.) Distribution—Between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fath- oms. Halecium flabellatum Fraser Halecium flabellatum FRAsER, Some Japanese Hyd., 1935, p. 108. Distribution —Tangola-Tangola, 15-20 fathoms. These specimens agree entirely with the specimens from Japan ex- cept that the gonangia are devoid of terminal nodules. Halecium gracile Verrill Halecium Ghacile VERRILL, Invert. An. Vineyard Sound, 1874, p. 729. Nuttinc, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 358. Distribution Bahia Honda, low tide; South Viradores Islands, 8- 10 fathoms; off White Friars, 25 fathoms, and in 5-10 fathoms. Halecium halecinum (Linn.) Sertularia halecina LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1308. Halecium halecinum FrasEr, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 165. Distribution—San Francisco Bay, 3-8 fathoms; Tangola-Tangola, 15-20 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms. t No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 43 Halecium insolens, new species Plate 10, Fig. 46 Trophosome.—Colony minute, slender, up to 1.5 mm. in height, growing from a loose stoloniferous network. There may be a single hydrophore with a rather long pedicel, but in most cases others have been added. The second pedicel grows from the first just below the hydrophore and, near its base, turns so that it is almost in the same direction as the first; the third pedicel bears a similar relation to the second, and there may be four or five in the same one-sided series, for each in succession appears on the same side as the previous one, although there may be a little spiral twisting. Occasionally one or more branches are given off, but these are all also on the one side of the stem. ‘Chere are one or two annulations at the base of each pedicel, and sometimes also in the course of the longer pedicels. The hydrophore is but slightly everted. Gonosome.—The gonangium (only the female gonangia were ob- served) is unusual in appearance for a Halecium species. It is obovate, 0.5 mm. in length, almost sessile and distinctly corrugated. The open- ing is on the side about one third of the length of the pedicel from the distal end; it is on the terminus of a small hydrophore-like structure but no zooids were observed in the opening. Distribution —Isabel Island, 15-25 fathoms. Halecium nanum Alder Halecium nanum A.prER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), II, 1859, p.355: Fraser, Beaufort Hyd., 1912, p. 367. Distribution—South Viradores Islands, 8-10 fathoms. Halecium regulare, new species Plate 10, Fig. 47 Trophosome.—Colony minute, slender, 5 mm., growing from a stolon that forms a loose network; branches few or absent, similar to the main stem. Stem zigzag, two or three nodes between the first hydro- phore and the base of the stem; in all other cases, there is a hydro- phore to each internode. Hydrophore sessile, the margin even with the node, expanding to the margin but not definitely flaring. Gonosome.—Not observed. 44 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Distribution—Jicaron Island, 15 fathoms; north of White Friars, 5-10 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. The colony bears some resemblance to H. articulosum Clark but is a much smaller species. Halecium tenellum Hincks Halecium tenellum Hincxs, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), VIII, 1861, 1p: 252. Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 169. Distribution—North of Wenman Island, 100-150 fathoms; Black Beach, at low tide; Post Office Bay, 12-15 fathoms; James Bay, 50-70 fathoms; Cartago Bay, 32 fathoms; between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fathoms; off Black Beach, 25-40 fathoms; Secas Islands, 25 fathoms; White Friars, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Halecium tortum, new species Plate 10, Fig. 48 Trophosome-—(No complete colony obtained.) Main stem and larger branches strongly fascicled; smaller branches simple, slender, sometimes again branched. Each branch is more in the nature of hydro- phore pedicels than a continuous series of internodes; each pedicel, ex- cept the proximal, arises from the preceding one at a point just below the hydrophore. The hydrophores are somewhat alternately arranged, but as they are not all in the same plane they may have a decided spiral twist; rim of hydrophore scarcely flaring. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution East of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Halecium vagans, new species Plate 10, Fig. 49 Trophosome.—Slender, somewhat straggling colony, 13 mm. high, branching irregular, with a tendency to dichotomy. Internodes of stem long and slender, commonly with a double annulation at the node, the sessile hydrophore being just below the annulation. Branches give off immediately below the hydrophore, either singly or in pairs, to give the EE | NO. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 45 dichotomous effect. When a hydrophore terminates a branch, the pedicel is of considerable length, otherwise it is sessile. Hydrophore scarcely flaring. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—South of La Plata Island, 45-55 fathoms; San Fran- cisco Bay, 3-8 fathoms; Pacora Island, 15-25 fathoms; Secas Islands, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. This species bears some resemblance to H. tenellum, but the stem and branches are much less annulated or wrinkled, the cauline hydro- phores are sessile and they lack the strong flare so evident in H. tenellum. Halecium washingtoni Nutting Halecium geniculatum Nuttinc, Hyd. of Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899, p. 744. Halecium washingtoni NuttTinc, Am. Nat., XXXIV, 1901, p. 789. Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 169. Distribution—lIn the channel between Narborough and Albemarle islands, 70 fathoms; Thurloe Point, 8-10 and 30 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Genus OPHIODISSA Ophiodissa laxa, new species Plate 10, Fig. 50 Trophosome.—Colonies clustered, 15 mm.; stem strongly geniculate or somewhat dichotomously arranged. Each portion of the stem that corresponds to an internode in the regular type is slender, much elon- gated, and much the same size throughout, with one or two annula- tions at the base given off a short distance below the hydrophore of the preceding portion. There may be another hydrophore or branch given off from the opposite side, to give the dichotomous effect. The hydro- phore is definitely flaring. Tentacular organs large, tubular, commonly one from each pedicel or internodal portion of the stem. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Secas Islands, 15 and 25 fathoms. 46 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Ophiodissa negligens, new species Plate 11, Fig. 51 Trophosome.—Colony small, 4 mm. high; stem geniculate, with each part in succession arising from the distal portion of the previous part, just below the hydrophore that terminates the part, or sometimes, dichotomous, where two such portions are given off opposite to each other, or the one part may divide dichotomously. Pedicel gradually in- creasing in diameter and almost insensibly passing into the hydrophore, which is not flaring. There is very little indication of annulation any- where. Tentacular organs large, shaped like the hydrophores with their pedicels; commonly one from each pedicel or portion of the stem. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Port Utria, 40 fathoms, in 15 fathoms, and on coral at low tide. Family Hebellidae Genus HEBELLA Hebella calcarata (A. Agassiz) Lafoea calcarata A. Acassiz, N. A. Acalephae, 1865, p. 122. Hebella calcarata FrasEr, Beaufort Hyd., 1912, p. 371. Distribution —Secas Islands, 25 fathoms; White Friars, 25 fathoms and 5-10 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms. Genus SCANDIA Scandia corrugata, new species Plate 11, Fig. 52 Trophosome.—Individual zooids growing from a delicate stolon, creeping over Synthecium, each pedicel very short but distinct, making an acute angle with the stolon. Hydrotheca nearly tubular, narrowing suddenly at the base and truncated distally, but the distal end may flare slightly; surface slightly but regularly corrugated; margin entire. Gonosome.—Gonangium small, growing at regular intervals from the stolon; shorter than the hydrotheca; broadly oval, narrowing dis- tally to form a distinct neck; surface corrugated. Distribution—White Friars Islands, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. NO. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 47 Scandia mutabilis (Ritchie) Campanularia mutabilis RrrcHie, Hyd. from Cape de Verde Is., 1907, p. 504. Scandia mutabilis FRASER, Beaufort Hyd., 1912, p. 372. Distribution—North of Wenman Island, low tide; Tagus Cove, 30 fathoms; Black Beach, low tide; San Francisco Bay, 2 fathoms; Santa Maria Bay, 10 fathoms. Family Lafoeidae Genus FILELLUM Filellum serpens (Hassall) Campanularia serpens HASsALL, Trans. Micr. Soc., 1852, p. 163. Filellum serpens FrasEr, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 172. Distribution—Post Office Bay, 12-15 fathoms; James Bay, 20 fathoms, and 50-70 fathoms; Gardner Bay, 25-35 fathoms; Santa Elena Bay, 10-12 fathoms; Jicaron Island, 25-30 fathoms; Pacora Island, 15-25 fathoms; Secas Islands, 15 and 25 fathoms; Tangola-T angola, 15-25 fathoms; White Friars Islands, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; Thurloe Point, 30 fathoms. Genus LAFOEA Lafoea intermedia, new species Plate 11, Fig. 53 Trophosome.—Stem and portions of the principal branches fascicled ; branches not numerous, irregularly arranged, making an angle of nearly 90° with the stem. Hydrotheca tubular, tapering to the base, but little curved; pedicels with one or two slight twists, coming out from the stem at an angle that is usually nearly 90°, but may be con- siderably less, near the tip of the branch. Gonosome.—Coppinia mass elongate, elliptical, with the separate gonangia but rarely hexagonal; they are much more often nearly circu- lar in cross section, not regularly arranged. Each gonangium with a distinct collar, much less in diameter than the main portion of the gonangium. The hydrothecal tubes are not numerous but they vary much in size and length. 48 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Distribution—North of Wenman Island, 100-150 fathoms; James Bay, 50-70 fathoms; Cartago Bay, 32 fathoms; between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. This species appears to be intermediate between L. gracillima and L. fruticosa. The shape of the hydrotheca and its pedicel and the nature of the coppinia mass bear considerable resemblance to L. gracillima, while the mode of branching and the angle that the hydrotheca makes with the branch resemble L. fruticosa. The size of the hydrotheca in L. gracillima varies much but, in general, that of L. intermedia is inter- mediate between that of L. gracillima and L. fruticosa. The hydro- thecal tubes of L. intermedia are quite characteristic, being quite differ- ent from those in either of the two species but particularly so when compared with those of L. fruticosa. Genus LICTORELLA Lictorella adhaerens, new species Plate 11, Fig. 54 Trophosome.—Main stem strongly fascicled, rigid, 50 mm.; the individual tubes slender. Few hydrothecae and nematophores on the stem. Branches slender as compared with the stem but, like it, rigid; arranged in subopposite pairs, each making almost a right angle with the stem. Some of the branches are fascicled slightly toward the base, but most of them are simple throughout. Hydrothecae with regular alter- nate arrangement, each with a short pedicel not adhering to the branch, although the hydrotheca itself is adherent in its basal portion; hydro- theca regularly curved, so that the margin is parallel to the branch and some distance from it. Margin commonly reduplicated. A nematophore attached to each pedicel. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 120 fathoms. Lictorella cervicornis Nutting Lictorella cervicornis NuTTING, Hawaiian Hyd., 1905, p. 934. Fraser, Monobrachium parasitum and other west coast hydroids, 1918, p. 134. Distribution—North of Wenman Island, 120-150 fathoms; be- tween Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fathoms. No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 49 Family Synthecidae Genus SYNTHECIUM Synthecium gracile Fraser Synthecium gracile FRASER, Johnson-Smithsonian Hyd., 1937, p. 2. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 10-12 fathoms; Port Utria, 20 fathoms; Pacora Island, 15-25 fathoms; White Friars, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; Santa Maria Bay, 10 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, low tide and in 10-15 fathoms. Synthecium projectum, new species Plate 11, Fig. 55 Trophosome.—Short, stout, unbranched colonies arise from a stolon, 10 mm. high. The stem is divided into rather long internodes by slightly oblique nodes. There is one hydrotheca to each internode, with a regu- larly alternate arrangement; two successive hydrothecae on the same side are quite distant. Hydrotheca projecting well out from the stem, adhering at the base and about one third of the adcauline side; stout, about half as wide as long, the free portion turning out at an angle of a little more than 45° with the stem. Margin somewhat saddle- shaped, flaring a little. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution —Bahia Honda, 15-25 fathoms; White Friars, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; Santa Maria Bay, low tide; Thurloe Point, 8-10 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, low tide. Synthecium rigidum, new species Plate 11, Fig. 56 Trophosome.—Colony unbranched, straight and rather rigid, 10 mm. high; divided into regular internodes, with one hydrotheca to each, alternating. Hydrotheca nearly as broad as deep, 0.28-0.32 mm., and much the same diameter throughout; adnate from one third to one half of its length. Margin circular, definitely flaring. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 10 fathoms; White Friars, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. 50 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Synthecium symmetricum, new species Plate 12, Fig. 57 Trophosome.—Colony slender, 15 mm. high, with pairs of opposite branches given off almost at right angles to the main stem, with no hydrothecae in the axils; no hydrothecae below the proximal branches, and none for some distance above each pair of branches; the pairs be- tween the branches and those on the proximal portion of the branch are more distant than the others. Hydrothecae opposite, each almost tubular, regularly curved so that the distal portion is almost at right angles to the proximal portion; approximately two thirds adherent; about 1.0 mm. in length. Margin entire but slightly and regularly curved. Gonosome.—Gonangia growing out of either one or both of the pairs of hydrothecae at a node; elongated oval, tapering to a narrow neck distally; strongly corrugated. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 10 fathoms; San Francisco Bay, 2-8 fathoms; Port Utria, 20 and 40 fathoms; Jicaron Island, 15 fath- oms; Pacora Island, 15-25 fathoms; Secas Islands, 25 fathoms; north of White Friars, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Family Sertularidae Genus DIPHASIA Diphasia paarmani Nutting Diphasia paarmani NuttTinc, Am. Hyd., Part II, 1904, p. 111. Distribution—Reef north of entrance to Tagus Cove, low tide. Genus PASYA Pasya quadridentata (Ellis and Solander) Sertularia quadridentata FE. and §., Nat. Hist. Zoophytes, 1786, p. 57. Pasythea quadridentata NuTTING, Am. Hyd., Part II, 1904, p. 75. Distribution—Reef north of entrance to Tagus Cove, low tide; Santa Elena Bay, 5-7 and 10-12 fathoms; La Plata Island, low tide; Pacora Island, 15-25 fathoms; Santa Maria Bay, 10 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 51 Genus SERTULARELLA Sertularella ampullacea, new species Plate 12, Fig. 58 Trophosome.—Colony slender, lax, 7 mm. high, with one or two branches or without branches. What may be considered as the stem consists of a series of long sections, each of which arises from the pre- ceding section, just below its terminal hydrotheca, the proximal portion forming a distinct ‘‘knee”’ bend. When a branch is given off, it appears opposite the section given off in the usual way; annulations at the base of the section faint or absent. Hydrothecae elongated-ovate, the distal portion forming a “‘neck’’; surface strongly and regularly corrugated ; margin with four teeth; operculum of four flaps. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Port Utria, 15-20 fathoms; Pacora Island, 15-25 fathoms. Sertularella conica Allman Sertularella conica ALLMAN, Hyd. of the Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 21. Nuttinc, Am. Hyd., Part II, 1904, p. 79. Distribution—South of Clarion Island, 50 fathoms; Tagus Cove, 30 fathoms; James Bay, 50-70 fathoms; Black Beach, 25-40 fathoms; White Friars, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Sertularella exilis, new species Plate 12, Fig. 59 Trophosome.—Small, slender, unbranched colonies, 6-12 mm. high, grow from a reticulate stolon. Nodes, indicated but not definite, divide the stem into internodes, each bearing one hydrotheca; hydrothecae alternate, distant. Hydrotheca regularly curved upward and then out- ward; smooth, much the same diameter throughout. Margin with four, not very distinct, teeth; operculum of four flaps. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Bahia Honda, 15-25 fathoms; White Friars, 25 fathoms. 52 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Sertularella formosa Fewkes Sertularella formosa FeEwkeEs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, VIII, No. 7, 1881, p. 130. Nuttinc, Amer. Hyd., Part II, 1904, p. 104. Distribution.—Santa Elena Bay, 10-12 fathoms; San Francisco Bay, 2 fathoms; Gorgona Island, low tide and in 20 fathoms; Pacora Island, 15-25 fathoms; Secas Islands, 25 fathoms; White Friars, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Sertularella fusiformis (Hincks) Sertularia fusiformis Hincxs, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), VIII, 1861), 1p. 293. Sertularella fusiformis Nuttinc, Am. Hyd., Part II, 1904, p. 89. Distribution —North of Wenman Island, low tide; off Albemarle Point, low tide. Sertularella incisa, new species Plate 12, Fig. 60 Trophosome.—Most of the colonies unbranched, less than 2 mm. high, erect, rigid, but not very stout; not very definitely divided into internodes. Hydrothecae regularly alternate, distant; curved regularly outward; about one half of the adcauline side adherent, with thick chitin at the base. Margin with three teeth, two of them more distinct than the third; operculum of three flaps. When the colony is branched, the short branches may be quite close to each other, on each side. The angle that the branch makes with the stem seems to be continued as a curved incision into the stem, which is characteristic. There is no hydrotheca in the axil. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Sertularella rugosa (Linn.) Sertularia rugosa LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 809. Sertularella rugosa Hinexs, Br. Hyd. Zoophytes, 1868, p. 259. No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 53 Distribution Braithwaite Bay, on coral at low tide; Banks Bay, low tide; reef north of entrance to agus Cove, low tide; South Sey- mour Island, low tide; Santa Maria Bay, low tide; Thurloe Point, 8-10 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, low tide. Sertularella tenella (Alder) Sertularia tenella ALDER, Cat. Zooph. Northumberland, 1857, p. 23. Sertularella tenella Htncxs, Br. Hyd. Zoophytes, 1868, p. 242. Distribution—North of Wenman Island, 100-150 fathoms; Tagus Cove, 30 fathoms; Cartago Bay, 32 fathoms; between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fathoms; Santa Elena Bay, 10-12 fathoms; La Plata Island, 45-55 fathoms; Secas Islands, 25 fathoms. Sertuiarella turgida (Trask) Sertularia turgida ‘Trask, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sc., 1857, p. 113. Sertularella turgida NutTtinc, Am. Hyd., Part II, 1904, p. 95. Distribution—Santa Maria Bay, low tide; Thurloe Point, 8-10 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, low tide and in 10-15 fathoms. Genus SERTULARIA Sertularia anceps, new species Plate 13, Fig. 61 Trophosome.—Colony slender, up to 40 mm., with opposite branches similar to the main stem; sometimes only one of the pairs of branches is developed; stem divided regularly into internodes. Branches given off almost at right angles, a distinct constriction at the base of each. Hydrothecae placed so that the pair is separated almost equally at each margin; no front and back distinction; they are near together for about one third of their length and then turn outward rather abruptly, so that the distal portion of the hydrotheca is nearly at right angles to the stem. Margin with three teeth, operculum with three flaps. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 10 fathoms and on drifting Sar- gassum; Secas Islands, 15 and 25 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-25 fath- oms; off Thurloe Point, 8-10 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. 54 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Sertularia cornicina (McCrady) Dynamena cornicina McCrapy, Gymno. Charleston Har., 1859, p. 204. Sertularia cornicina Nuttinc, Am. Hyd., Part II, 1904, p. 58. Distribution—North of White Friars, 5-10 fathoms. Sertularia desmoides Torrey Sertularia desmoides Torrey, Hyd. Pac. Coast, 1902, p. 65. Nuttinc, Am. Hyd., Part II, 1904, p. 56. Distribution —Between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fath- oms; off Black Beach, 25-40 fathoms; angola-Tangola, low tide; Santa Maria Bay, 10 fathoms. Sertularia dispar, new species Plate 13, Fig. 62 Trophosome.—Colony unbranched, 10 mm. high; stem divided into rather short internodes, on each of which a pair of hydrothecae is nearly medially placed, the pair in contact for a short distance at the base, on the face of the stem, but distinctly separated throughout, on the back of the stem. Hydrothecae stout for their length, tapering distally to a margin with two teeth, placed in such a position that the one flap of the operculum is much larger than the other. Gonosome.—Gonangium arising from the face of the stem, in its proximal portion, from the central part of the internode, nearly at right angles to the stem; 1.2 mm. long, 0.8 mm. in diameter; pedicel short and stout. Gonangium strongly corrugated, distally truncated, with a full sized opening. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 10 fathoms; San Francisco Bay, 2 fathoms; Santa Maria Bay, 10 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, low tide. Sertularia exigua Allman Sertularia exigua ALLMAN, Hyd. Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 24. Fraser, Jap. Hyd., II, 1936, p. 50. Distribution —Port Culebra, low tide; ‘Tangola-Tangola, low tide; Santa Maria Bay, 10 fathoms; off Thurloe Point, 8-10 fathoms. | | a SSS SS No. l FRASER: HYDROIDS 55 Sertularia furcata Trask Sertularia furcata TRASK, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sc., 1857, p. 112. Fraser, West Coast Hyd., 1911, p. 72. Distribution —Oft Thurloe Point, 8-10 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, low tide and in 10-15 fathoms. Sertularia mayeri Nutting Sertularia mayeri NutTTING, Am. Hyd., Part II, 1904, p. 58. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 5-6 fathoms and 10-12 fathoms; north of White Friars, 5-10 fathoms. Sertularia stookeyi Nutting Sertularia stookeyi NutTTING, Am. Hyd., Part II, 1904, p. 59. Fraser, Beaufort Hyd., 1912, p. 375. Distribution——North shore of Wenman Island, low tide; off Albe- marle Point, on floating Sargassum; Santa Elena Bay, 5-7 fathoms; San Francisco Bay, 2 fathoms; Pacora Island, 15-25 fathoms; Tangola- Tangola, on coral at low tide; off White Friars, 25 fathoms. Sertularia versluysi Nutting Sertularia versluysi NutTtiNG, Am. Hyd., Part II, 1904, p. 53. Fraser, Beaufort Hyd., 1912, p. 375. Distribution—Tagus Cove, low tide; reef north of entrance to Tagus Cove, low tide. Genus THUIARIA Thuiaria simplex, new species Plate 13, Fig. 63 Trophosome.—Colony unbranched, slender, 12 mm. high. Stem di- vided into regular internodes by slightly oblique nodes. Hydrothecae regularly alternating, one to each internode; gradually curved from base to margin; of much the same diameter throughout; margin with two blunt teeth; operculum of two flaps. The distal portion on the 56 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 proximal or upper side seems to collapse readily so that many of the hydrothecae have an appearance similar to that of a Diphasia hydro- theca. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 10 fathoms; San Francisco Bay, 2 fathoms; Gorgona Island, 5-6 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, low tide. Thuiaria tubuliformis (Markt.) Dynamena tubuliformis MARKTANNER- [URNERETSCHER, Hyd. des K. K. Natur. Hofmuseums, 1890, p. 238. Thuiaria tubuliformis Nuttinc, Am. Hyd., Part II, 1904, p. 70. Distribution—North shore of Wenman Island, low tide; Albe- marle Point, low tide; Banks Bay, low tide; Narborough Lagoon, low tide; reef north of entrance to T'agus Cove, low tide; South Seymour Island, low tide; Sulivan Bay, low tide; Cartago Bay, low tide; Santa Elena Bay, 10-12 fathoms; Gorgona Island, low tide; Port Utria, low tide; Jicarita Island, low tide; Bahia Honda, low tide; T’angola-Tan- gola, low tide. Family Plumularidae Genus AGLAOPHENIA Aglaophenia diegensis Torrey Aglaophenia diegensis Torrey, Hyd. of the Pac. Coast, 1902, p. 71. Fraser, West Coast Hyd., 1911, p. 71. Distribution—North shore of Wenman Island, low tide; Tagus Cove, 30 fathoms; reef north of entrance to agus Cove, low tide; Santa Maria Bay, low tide; South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Aglaophenia inconspicua Torrey Aglaophenia inconspicua Torrey, Hyd. of Pac. Coast, 1902, p. 71. Distribution—Near Christopher Point, Albemarle Island, low tide; Black Beach, low tide; Santa Maria Bay, 35-40 fathoms. Se No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 57. Aglaophenia praecisa, new species Plate 13, Fig. 64 Trophosome.—Colony small, 12 mm. high, divided into regular internodes, each of which bears a hydrocladium. Hydrocladia nearly in the same plane, given off almost at right angles to the stem. Hydro- thecae closely approximated; Margin with 9 teeth, the median sharp, retrorse, but not very markedly so; the first, second, and third pairs, rounded and nearly equal; the fourth pair more slender and sharper. The widest angle lies between the first and second teeth on each side, and the most acute between the median tooth and the first pair. Intra- thecal ridges present but not strongly marked; lateral nematophores reaching above the margin of the hydrotheca; median nematophore short, not reaching nearly to the margin of the hydrotheca; the three nemato- phores on each cauline internode similarly tubular. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution——Santa Maria Bay, 10 fathoms. Aglaophenia rigida Allman Aglaophenia rigida ALLMAN, Hyd. Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 43. Fraser, Beaufort Hyd., 1912, p. 378. Distribution—Off White Friars, 25 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10- 25 fathoms; Santa Maria Bay, 10 fathoms and 35-40 fathoms. Genus ANTENNELLA Antennella avalonia Torrey Antennella avalonia Torrey, Hyd. Pac. Coast, 1902, p. 74. Distribution—FEast of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Antennella compacta, new species Plate 13, Fig. 65 Trophosome.—Colony small, 6 or 7 mm.; one or two proximal internodes, long and without hydrothecae, have a varying number of nematophores; the remainder of the hydrocladium is divided into alter- nating hydrothecate and nonhydrothecate internodes; the hydrothecate internode, with a transverse node proximally and an oblique node dis- 58 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 tally, has the usual type of hydrotheca for this genus, with a mesial nematophore just proximal to it (like that of 4. gracilis), and a pair, one on each side, much larger, with a trumpet-shaped distal section (like those of 4. secundaria); the nonhydrothecate internode is short and has but one nematophore. Gonosome.—Gonangium, arising from the hydrothecate internode, just proximal to the mesial nematophore, obovate and curved, tapering at the base to a short pedicel; two nematophores where the gonangium joins the pedicel. Distribution.—South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Antennella gracilis Allman Antennella gracilis ALLMAN, Hyd. Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 38. Distribution—South of Clarion Island, 32 fathoms; Secas Islands, 25 fathoms; Tangola-Tangola, 15-20 fathoms; off White Friars, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms. Genus ANTENNULARIA Antennularia alternata, new species Plate 13, Fig. 66 Trophosome.—Main stem, 70 mm. long, simple, straight, canalicu- lated. Hydrocladia given off in two series, one on each side of the stem, in the same plane or almost so; those in the two series regularly alter- nating with each other. Each hydrocladium arises from a process of the stem, at least half as long as the first internode; each hydrocladial internode bears one cup-shaped hydrotheca near the middle, adhering to the hydrocladium throughout its whole length. The nodes may be transverse or somewhat oblique; no definite septal ridges. “—Two-cham- bered nematophores appear on the main stem, usually two between two succeeding hydrocladia on the same side. There is a low, immovable, one-chambered nematophore on a papilla at the base of the hydrocladial process and one movable, two-chambered nematophore farther out on the process; on each internode of the hydrocladium there is a nemato- phore below the hydrotheca and one, some distance above; two immedi- ately above. a SES = SSS So He No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 59 Gonosome.—Gonangia appearing in pairs on the more distal hydro- cladial processes; concavo-convex, with the concave side toward the stem; shaped like a bent pear. Distribution—North of Wenman Island, 100-150 fathoms. This species is a typical Antennularian except for the hydrocladial arrangement, which is as definitely Plumularian. In this it agrees with Nemertesia disticha (Heller). Antennularia irregularis, new species Plate 13, Fig. 67 Trophosome.—Colony plumose, 5 cm. high; nodes not regularly placed or well marked. Slender hydrocladia irregularly arranged, on several sides of the stem, proximally, but with a tendency to an oppo- site arrangement, distally; sometimes regularly alternate, at other times, subopposite. It is difficult to describe the hydrocladia, as no two are quite alike. In some cases the proximal internode is hydrothecate, in others there may be one, two, or even three nonhydrothecate internodes before the first hydrothecate internode; there may be one, two, or three intermediate internodes; all or nearly all of them have a distinct ridge near each end. Each internode bears a mesial nematophore, some of the intermediate internodes, two; there are two supracalycine nemato- phores. A cauline nematophore is present on the shoulder that bears the hydrocladium and, in some cases, one is present on the medial por- tion of the internode. Gonosome.—Not observed. Disiribution—South of La Plata Island, 45-55 fathoms. Antennularia tetraseriata, new species Plate 14, Fig. 68 Trophosome.—Stem stout (fragment 2 cm. long), simple, canalicu- lated with large canals. Hydrocladia in four series, in two opposite pairs, i.e., decussate; each hydrocladium arises from a process of the stem about half of the length of the hydrocladial internode. Each inter- node bears one shallow hydrotheca, slightly proximal to the middle of the internode; a distinct septal ridge near each end of each internode. Cauline nematophores in line with the hydrocladial processes, two be- tween each two successive hydrocladia, one large nematophore in the 60 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 axil of the process; on the process, there is one low one-chambered nematophore and one two-chambered, on the proximal hydrocladial internode; one below the hydrotheca and a pair immediately above it; other internodes usually have two proximal nematophores. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—South of Clarion Island, 55 fathoms. Genus CLADOCARPUS Cladocarpus tortus, new species Plate 14, Fig. 69 Trophosome.—Stem simple, unbranched, 30 mm. high. A twist in the stem just proximal to the first hydrocladium shows three distinct nodes; otherwise there are no nodes indicated on the stem. Hydrocladia regularly alternate, but not quite in the same plane, the longest 6 mm., each arising from a distinct process of the stem; divided into regular internodes, each of which is almost entirely occupied by a hydrotheca. Hydrotheca much deeper than wide, the margin with a median, small, sharp tooth, lateral to which there are four shallow, rounded teeth, the last one sometimes indented. The supracalycine nematophores do not reach beyond the margin of the hydrotheca; the mesial nematophore projects outward, partly adherent to the hydrotheca, jointed near the base. A septal ridge is present at the base of the supracalycine nemato- phore, one at the base of the hydrotheca and three between them, but all of them are faint and short. There are two broad nematophores in the axil of the hydrocladial process, one on its face and one a short distance below this in the main stem. On the portion of the stem proxi- mal to the first hydrocladium, there is a row of nematophores, rather close together distally, but more and more distant toward the base. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—South of La Plata Island, 45-55 fathoms. Genus DIPLOCHEILUS Diplocheilus alimani Torrey Diplocheilus allmani ‘Torrey, Hyd. of San Diego, 1904, p. 36. Fraser, West Coast Hyd., 1911, p. 81. Distribution—Santa Maria Bay, low tide; off Thurloe Point, 8-10 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. No. l FRASER: HYDROIDS 61 Genus LYTOCARPUS Lytocarpus philippinus (Kirchenpauer) Aglaophenia philippina KiRCHEPAUER, Ueber die Hyd. Fam. Plumu- laridae, Part I, 1872, p. 45. Lytocarpus philippinus Nutrinc, Am. Hyd., Part I, 1900, p. 122. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, 5-7 fathoms and 10-12 fathoms; La Plata Island, 10-12 fathoms; San Francisco Bay, 2 fathoms; Gor- gona Island, on coral at low tide; Port Utria, on coral at low tide; Bahia Honda, 15-25 fathoms; Secas Islands, 15 and 25 fathoms; South Viradores Islands, 8-10 fathoms; off White Friars, 25 fathoms; off Morro de Petatlan, 25 fathoms; off Tenacatita Point, 10 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Genus MONOSTAECHAS Monostaechas quadridens (McCrady) Plumularia quadridens McCrapy, Proc. Elliott Soc., 1859, p. 199. Monostaechas quadridens NutTtTING, Am. Hyd., Part I, 1900, p. 75. Distribution—Braithwaite Bay, 16-18 fathoms; south of Clarion Island, 50 fathoms; Black Beach, low tide; San Francisco Bay, 2 and 3-8 fathoms; Port Utria, 15-20 fathoms; Pacora Island, 15-25 fathoms; Secas Islands, 15 fathoms; Tangola-Tangola, 15-20 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Genus PLUMULARIA Plumularia acutifrons, new species Plate 14, Fig. 70 Trophosome.—Colony small and slender, up to 2 cm. in height, but mostly shorter than this. Stem divided into regular short internodes, each somewhat rounded at each end, giving a constricted appearance to the stem at each node. Each internode bears a hydrocladium near its distal end; the hydrocladia alternate. The hydrocladial process grows rather from the face of the internode than from the lateral surface, the successive hydrocladia being little more than 30° from each other. Each hydrocladium is divided into alternate nonhydrothecate and hydrothecate internodes, the proximal being nonhydrothecate. The nonhydrothecate 62 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 are short with a well marked septal ridge; the hydrothecate are rela- tively long, nearly equal in depth and breadth with the hydrotheca near the distal end; there is a strong septal ridge near each end. There are two supracalycine nematophores and one mesial one on each hydro- thecate internode, none on the nonhydrothecate. There is one cauline nematophore on each internode, just distal to the hydrocladial process. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Off Thurloe Point, 8-10 fathoms. Plumularia alicia Torrey Plumularia alicia Torrey, Hyd. Pac. Coast, 1902, p. 75. Torrey, Hyd. San Diego, 1904, p. 37. Distribution—South Bay, Cerros Island, low tide. Plumularia alternata Nutting Plate 14, Fig. 71 Plumularia alternata NuTTING, Am. Hyd., Part I, 1900, p. 62. FraAsER, Beaufort Hyd., 1912, p. 381. Trophosome.—Colony simple, unbranched, 12 mm. Stem geniculate, divided into internodes of which every alternate one bears a hydrotheca and a hydrocladium. Hydrocladia divided into regular internodes, hydro- thecate and nonhydrothecate alternating, the proximal one being non- hydrothecate; hydrothecate internodes bounded by oblique nodes proxi- mally and transverse nodes distally. Hydrotheca deeply campanulate, with about one third of the distal portion free. Supracalycine nemato- phores present, and mesial nematophores on both types of internodes. There is one nematophore on each internode of the stem and one at the axil of the hydrocladium. Gonosome.—(Not previously described.) Gonangia arise in verticils of four just below the bases of the cauline hydrothecae, each gonangium with a short pedicel, with two or three annulations. The gonangium is the shape of a curved cornucopia, enlarging gradually to the distal end, which is almost truncate. Each gonangium bears two nematophores. ‘The blastostyle follows the curve of the gonangium and had a definite enlargement near its distal end. Distribution —Braithwaite Bay, on coral at low tide; north of Wenman Island, 100-150 fathoms; and at low tide; Black Beach, low No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 63 tide; Santa Elena Bay, 8-12 fathoms; Port Utria, on coral at low tide; Jicarita Island, low tide; Pacora Island, 15-25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; Isabel Island, 15-25 fathoms. Plumularia biarmata, new species Plate 14, Fig. 72 Trophosome.—Colony with slender stem, 10 mm. high, and long, slender hydrocladia. The stem is divided into regular internodes by distinct nodes; each internode gives off a hydrocladial process near its distal end; the hydrocladia alternating from side to side in the same plane. Hydrocladia bearing as many as 8 hydrothecae; the first inter- node is short with a transverse node proximally and an oblique one distally; it does not bear a hydrotheca. All the other internodes are hydrothecate. The internode is long and slender and the hydrotheca is | situated not far from the distal end. Each internode is rounded at each | end, so that the hydrocladium is very slender at the nodes. The _ hydrotheca is but slightly deeper than wide. On each hydrothecate inter- node but the first there are two mesial nematophores, one not far from the base and the other near the base of the hydrotheca; the first one has but one; there are two supracalycine nematophores. There is no nemato- phore on the proximal internode; there is one at the axil of the hydro- _ cladial process and another cauline one, a short distance above it on the next internode. . Gonosome.—Not observed. | Distribution—Bahia Honda, 15-25 fathoms; Secas Islands, 15 fath- oms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms. Plumularia corrugata Nutting } Plumularia corrugata NuTTING, Am. Hyd., Part I, 1900, p. 64. | FrAsER, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 205. Distribution.—South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Plumularia defecta, new species Plate 15, Fig. 73 Trophosome.—Colony small, 8 mm., simple, unbranched; stem di- | vided into regular internodes by single transverse nodes. Hydrocladia alternate, one to each internode, given off near the distal end; each 64 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 hydrocladium with alternating nonhydrothecate and hydrothecate inter- nodes, the proximal being nonhydrothecate; nodes alternately trans- verse and slightly oblique. Hydrotheca nearly equal in depth and breadth. ‘Iwo supracalycine nematophores and a mesial on the hydrothe- cate internode, none on the nonhydrothecate internodes; two nemato- phores at the axil of the hydrocladium and one on the cauline internode on the side opposite the hydrocladium. The characteristic feature of the species is the lack of nematophores on the nonhydrothecate internodes. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution —Offt La Plata Island, 45-55 fathoms. Plumularia delicata Nutting Plumularia delicata Nuttinc, Hawaiian Hyd., 1905, p. 951. Distribution—North of Wenman Island, 100-150 fathoms. Plumularia filicula Allman Plumularia filicula ALLMAN, Hyd. Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 29. Nuttinc, Am. Hyd., Part I, 1900, p. 58. Distribution —Offt La Plata Island, 45-55 fathoms. Plumularia floridana Nutting Plumularia floridana NutTTING, Am. Hyd., Part I, 1900, p. 59. Distribution —Albemarle Point, low tide; Santa Elena Bay, on drifting Sargassum and in 10-12 fathoms; Pacora Island, 15-25 fath- oms; Tangola-Tangola, on coral at low tide. Plumularia inermis Nutting Plate 15, Fig. 74 Plumularia inermis Nuttinc, Am. Hyd., Part I, 1900, p. 62. Fraser, Beaufort Hyd., 1912, p. 382. Trophosome.—Colony simple, unbranched, 12 mm., divided into | long, slender internodes, each of which bears a hydrocladium from a process near the distal end. ‘The hydrocladia are divided into regular internodes, all of which, including the proximal, bear hydrothecae, ex- No. | FRASER: HYDROIDS 65 cept very occasionally, when there may be an intermediate internode. These internodes are long and slender so that there is a long interval between the successive hydrothecae. Hydrotheca shallow campanulate; supracalycine nematophores absent. There is a nematophore above and one below the hydrotheca and one at the axil of each hydrocladium. Hydranths too large to be entirely retracted into the hydrotheca. Gonosome.—(Not previously described.) Gonangium arising from the hydrocladial process of the stem; elongated obovate, with a very short pedicel; nearly twice as long as the hydrocladial internode. Distribution ——Black Beach, low tide; Post Office Bay, 35-40 fath- oms. Plumularia lagenifera Allman Plumularia lagenifera ALLMAN, Proc. Linn. Soc. London, 1885, p. 157. Nuttinc, Am. Hyd., Part I, 1900, p. 65. Fraser, Hyd. of Vancouver Island, 1914, p. 207. Distribution—James Bay, 50-70 fathoms; Cartago Bay, 32 fath- oms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; Santa Maria Bay, 10 fathoms; off Thurloe Point, 8-10 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Plumularia magellanica Hartlaub Piate 15, Fig. 75 Plumularia magellanica Hartiaus, Magellan Hyd., 1905, p. 684. Trophosome.—Colony rather diminutive, 4 mm. high; main stem erect or slightly geniculate, definitely divided into internodes. From near the distal end of each internode a hydrocladium, if it can be called such, is given off, these regularly alternating and in the same plane. The hydrocladium may consist of a support for a single hydro- theca, or for two or more in a series, the support in each case having one or more nodes present. In each instance where there is more than one hydrotheca in the series, the extra hydrothecae are supported by pedicel-like structures arising from the preceding one, just below the hydrotheca. In each the pedicel or support becomes gradually broader from the proximal to the distal end, where it meets the hydrotheca. There are no nematophores anywhere in the colony. Gonosome.—(Not previously described.) Gonangium arising from the hydrocladial process of the stem, or directly from the internode; 66 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 smooth, elongate, obovate, nearly twice as long as the hydrocladial internode. Distribution.—Black Beach, at low tide and in 25-40 fathoms. This species is so far from being a typical plumularian that it is a question if it should not be placed in a new genus. Plumularia margaretta (Nutting) Monotheca margaretta Nuttinc, Am. Hyd., Part I, 1900, p. 72. Plumularia margaretta LELoup, West Indian Hyd., 1935, p. 54. Distribution—La Plata Island, 10-12 fathoms. Plumularia propinqua, new species Plate 15, Fig. 76 Trophosome.—Colony slender, 5 cm.; stem simple, divided into regular internodes by well-marked nodes, each bearing a single hydro- cladium on a prominent process near the distal end, the hydrocladia alternating from side to side but in the same plane. The first hydro- cladial internode is short and does not bear a hydrotheca, but all the other internodes, as many as five, are hydrothecate, each bearing one hydrotheca. ‘he node between the first internode and the first hydrothe- cate internode is oblique, all the rest are transverse. Hydrotheca nearly equal in depth and breadth, or the depth is slightly greater; septal ridges absent ; two supracalycine nematophores and one mesial nematophore on each hydrocladial internode that bears a hydrotheca, one in the axil of the hydrocladium and one medially placed on the cauline internode, on the side opposite the hydrocladial process. Gonosomé.—Gonangia small, not much larger than the hydrothecae; oval, arising from the axils of the hydrocladia, by a short pedicel. Distribution Santa Elena Bay, 10-12 fathoms; Gorgona Island, 20 fathoms; Jicaron Island, 25-30 fathoms; Secas Islands, 25 fathoms; Tangola-Tangola, 15-20 fathoms; off White Friars, 25 fathoms; east of islands off Navidad Head, 25-35 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms. Plumularia setacea (Ellis) Corallina setacea Exits, Nat. Hist. Corallines, 1755, p. 19. Plumularia setacea Hincxs, Br. Hyd. Zoophytes, 1868, p. 296. Distribution —South of Clarion Island, 50 fathoms; north of Wen- man Island, low tide; Albemarle Point, low tide; Black Beach, low tide; between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fathoms. No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 67 Plumularia sinuosa, new species Plate 15, Fig. 77 Trophosome.—Colony small, slender, 10-12 mm.; stem sinuous. The distal end of each internode is furcate, one portion continues as the next cauline internode and the other as a hydrocladium; these alter- nate from side to side. The hydrocladium consists of alternating non- hydrothecate and hydrothecate internodes, the proximal, a short one, being without a hydrotheca. The nonhydrothecate internode has a transverse node proximally and an oblique node distally, the hydrothe- cate internode, the reverse. ‘The hydrotheca is deeply cup-shaped, cen- trally placed, with its margin free from the surface of the internode. On each cauline internode there is a nematophore at the angle of bifur- cation, and one almost centrally placed on the side away from the hydrocladium; there is no nematophore on the proximal hydrocladial internode, but there is one on each of the other nonhydrothecate inter- nodes; on each hydrothecate internode there is a nematophore proximal to the hydrotheca and two nematophores overtopping the hydrotheca. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution Braithwaite Bay, 30 fathoms; Academy Bay, 17-22 fathoms. Genus SCHIZOTRICHA Schizotricha tenella (Verrill) Plumularia tenella VERRILL, Invert. Vineyard Sound, 1874, p. 731. Schizotricha tenella NutTtTING, Am. Hyd., Part I, 1900, p. 80. Distribution —Jicaron Island, 25-30 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-25 fathoms. Genus STREPTOCAULUS Streptocaulus pulcherrimus Allman Streptocaulus pulcherrimus ALLMAN, Challenger Hyd., I, 1883, p. 48. Nuttinc, Am. Hyd., Part I, 1900, p. 129. Distribution—Between Charles and Indefatigable islands, 60 fath- oms; off Post Office Bay, 70-80 fathoms; Gardner Bay, 25-35 fathoms. Some fine specimens of this species, hitherto recorded only from the Cape de Verde Islands, are well provided with gonangia. The largest colony, taken in Gardner Bay, has a length of 56 cm. No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 69 BIBLIOGRAPHY (Only those papers referred to in the synonymy or in the text are listed) Acassiz, A. 1865. North American Acalephae. Illustrated Catalogue of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, No. 2, pp. 1-234. Cambridge. Acassiz, L. 1862. Contributions to the Natural History of the United States of America. IV, pp. 1-372. Boston. ALDER, J. 1856. A notice of some new genera and species of British hydroid zoophytes. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (2), XVIII, p. 353-362. London. 1857. A catalogue of the zoophytes of Northumberland and Durham. Tran- sactions of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, III, pp. 1-70. New- castle-on-Tyne. 1859. Description of three new species of sertularian zoophytes. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (3), III, pp. 353-355. London. 1862. Description of some rare zoophytes found on the coast of North- umberland. Jbid., (3), IX, pp. 311-316. 1863. Supplement to a Catalogue of the Zoophytes of Northumberland and Durham. Transactions Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, V, (1860- 1862), pp. 224-247. Newcastle-on-Tyne. ALLMAN, G. J. 1871. A monograph of the gymnoblastic or tubularian hydroids. Published for Ray Society in 2 parts, 450 pages, 23 plates. London. 1876. Diagnoses of new genera and species of hydroids. Journal of the Linnaean Society, XII, No. 60, pp. 251-284. London. 1877. Report on the Hydroida collected during the exploration of the Gulf Stream by L. F. de Pourtales. Memoirs of the Museum of Compara- tive Zoology at Harvard College, V, No. 2, pp. 1-64, 34 plates. Cambridge. 1883. Report on the Hydroida dredged by H.M.S. Challenger, during the years 1873-1876. Part I, Plumularidae. Voyage of the Challenger, XX, pp. 1-54. London. 1886. New Hydroida from the collection of Miss H. Gatty. Journal of the Linnaean Society, XIX, pp. 132-161, London. CaLkins, G. N. 1899. Some hydroids from Puget Sound. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, XXVIII, No. 13, pp. 333-367. Boston. Crark, S. F. 1876. Description of new and rare hydroids from the New England coast. Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Sciences, III, Part I, 1875, pp. 58-86. New Haven. 70 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 1876. ‘The hydroids of the Pacific Coast of the United States south of Van- couver Island, with a report upon those in the museum of Yale Col- lege. Ibid., Part II, pp. 249-264. 1876. Report of the hydroids on the coast of Alaska and the Aleutian Islands, collected by W. H. Dall from 1871-1874. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, pp. 205-238. Philadelphia. CuarKE, S. F. 1879. Report on the Hydroida collected during the exploration of the Gulf Stream and Gulf of Mexico, by Alexander Agassiz, 1877-1878. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, V, pp. 239-250. Cambridge. 1882. New hydroids from Chesapeake Bay. Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History, III, No. 4, pp. 135-142. Boston. 1894. Reports on the dredging operations off the west coast of Central America and in the Gulf of California, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, carried on by the U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross, during 1891, Lieut. Commander Z. I. Tanner, U.S.N., commanding. Part XI, The Hydroids. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, XXV, No. 6, pp. 71-77, 5 plates. Cam- bridge. 1907. Reports of the scientific results of the exploration of the eastern tropi- cal Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U.S. Fish Com- mission steamer Albatross from October, 1904, to March, 1905. Lieut. Commander L. M. Garrett, U.S.N., commanding. Part VIII, The Hydroids. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, XXXV, No. 1, pp. 1-18. Cambridge. Concpon, E. D. 1907. The hydroids of Bermuda. Proceedings of the American Society of Arts and Sciences, XLII, No. 18, pp. 463-485. Boston. IBELISh ye 1755. An essay towards the natural history of the corallines and other marine productions of the like kind, found off the coasts of Great Britain and Ireland. 128 pp. London. Euuis, J.. and D. SOLANDER 1786. The natural history of many curious and uncommon zoophytes, col- lected from various parts of the globe. 208 pp. London. FEWKES, J. W. 1881. Report on the Acalephae. Reports on the results of dredging, under supervision of Alexander Agassiz, in the Caribbean Sea in 1878, 1879, and along the Atlantic Coast of the United States during the summer of 1880, by the U.S. Coast Survey steamer Blake. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, VIII, No. 7, pp. 127-140. Cambridge. Forses, E. 1848. A monograph of British naked-eyed medusae. Ray Society, 104 pp. London. No. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS rs FRASER, C. M. 1911. The hydroids of the west coast of North America. Bulletin from the Laboratories of Natural History. State University of Iowa, pp. 1-91. Iowa City. 1912. Notes on some New England hydroids. I[bid., pp. 39-48. 1912. Some hydroids of Beaufort, North Carolina. Bulletin of the Bureau of Fisheries, XXX, 1910, pp. 339-389. Washington, D.C. 1914. Some hydroids of the Vancouver Island region. ‘Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, (3), VIII, Section IV, pp. 99-216. Ottawa. 1914. Notes on some Alaskan hydroids. JIbid., pp. 217-222. 1918. Monobrachium parasitum and other west coast hydroids. Ibid., XII, pp. 131-138. 1918. Hydroids of eastern Canada. Contributions to Canadian Biology, 1916, 1917, pp. 329-367. Ottawa. 1925. Some new and some previously unreported hydroids, mainly from the California coast. University of California Publications in Zo- ology, XXVIII, No. 7, pp. 167-172. Berkeley. 1935. Some Japanese hydroids, mostly new. ‘Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, (3), XXIX, Section V, pp. 105-112. ‘Toronto. 1936. Some Japanese hydroids, mostly new. II, ibid., XXX, pp. 49-54. 1937. Hydroids of the Pacific Coast of Canada and the United States. The University of Toronto Press, pp. 1-207. ‘Toronto. 1937. New species of hydroids from the Puerto Rico region. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, IX, No. 28. Johnson Fund. Reports of the collections obtained by the First Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition to the Puerto Rico Deep. Washington, D.C. GAERTNER, J. 1774. In: Pallas, Spicilegia Zoologica, I, Fascicle 10, p. 40. Berlin. GEGENBAUR, C. 1856. Versuch eines Systemes der Medusen. Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaftliche Zoologie, Bd. VIII. Leipzig. HARTLAvB, C. 1905. Die Hydroiden der magalhaensischen Region und chilienschen Kiiste. Bd. III, Heft 3, pp. 497-718. Jena. HASSALL, A. 1852. Description of three species of marine zoophytes. ‘Transactions of the Royal Microscopic Society, III. London. Hastincs, A. B. 1930. On the association of a gymnoblastic hydroid (Zanclea protecta, sp. n.) with various Cheilostomatous Polyzoa from the Tropical E. Pa- cific. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (5), X, pp. 552-560. London. Hincks, T. 1861. A catalogue of the zoophytes of South Devon and South Cornwall. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (3), VIII, pp. 152-161; 251-262; 290-297. London. 1868. A history of the British hydroid zoophytes. 2 vols. London. 72 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 JADERHOLM, E. 1904. Hydroiden aus den Kiisten von Chile. Arkiv for Zoologi utgifvet af K. Svenska Vetenskapsakademien, II, No. 3, 7 pp. Stockholm. 1904. Mitteilungen iiber einige von dem Schwedischen Antarktischen Ex- pedition 1901-1903 eingesammelte Hydroiden. Archives de Zoologie expérimentale et générale, (4), III, Notes and Revue, No. 1, 14 pp. Paris. 1905. Hydroiden aus antarktischen und subantarktischen Meeren gesam- melt von der schwedischen Siidpolarexpedition. Wissen. Ergebn. des Schwedischen Siidpolar Expedition, 1901-1903, unter Leitung von Dr. O. Nordenskjold, (5), VIII, 41 pp. Stockholm. JouNsTOoN, G. H. 1847. History of British zoophytes. Ed. II in 2 vols. London. KIRCHENPAUER, G. H. 1872. Ueber die Hydroidenfamilie Plumularidae, einzelne Gruppen der- selben und ihre Fruchtbehalter, Abth. 1, Aglaophenia. Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften, Bd. VI. Hamburg. LELOuP, E. 1935. Hydraires Calyptoblastiques des Indes Occidentales. Memoires der Musée Royal D’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique. (2), Fascicle 2, 73 pp. Brussels. LINNAEUS, C. 1758. Systema Naturae. 10th Edition. Lipsiae. 1767. Systema Naturae. 12th Edition. Holmiae. McCrapy, J. 1859. Description of Oceania nutricula, nov. spec., and the embryological history of a singular medusa larva found in the cavity of its bell. Proceedings of the Elliott Society of Natural History, Vol. I (for 1853-1858), pp. 55-90. Charleston. 1859. Gymnothalmata of Charleston Harbor. Read before the Elliott So- ciety of Natural History, April 15, 1857. Ibid., I, pp. 103-221. MARKTANNER-T URNERETSCHER, G. 1890. Die Hydroiden des K. K. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums, V, Part II, pp. 195-286. Wein. 1895. Hydroiden in: Zoologische Ergebnisse der im Jahre 1889 auf Kosten der Bremer Geographischen Gesellschaft von Dr. Willy Kiikenthal und Dr. Alfred Walter ausgefiihrten Expedition nach Ost Spitz- bergen. Zoologische Jahrbiicher, VIII, pp. 391-438. Jena. Mayer, A. G. 1910. Medusae of the world. 3 vols. Carnegie Institution, Washington, Due NO. 1 FRASER: HYDROIDS 73 NurrinG, C. C. 1899. Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound. Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, XXI, pp. 741-753. Washington, D.C. 1900. American Hydroids. Part I, Plumularidae. Special Bulletin, U.S. National Museum, 142 pp. Washington, D.C. 1901. The hydroids of the Woods Hole region. U.S. Fish Commission Bulletin for 1899, XIX, pp. 325-386. Washington, D.C. 1901. Letter to the Editor, American Naturalist, XX XV, p. 789. Boston. 1901. Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition. XXI, The Hydroids. Proceedings of the Washington Academy of Sciences, III, pp. 157- 216. Washington, D.C. 1904. American hydroids, Part II, The Sertularidae. Special Bulletin of the U.S. National Museum, 152 pp. Washington, D.C. 1905. Hydroids of the Hawaiian Islands collected by the Steamer Albatross in 1902. Bulletin of the U.S. Fish Commission for 1903, pp. 931- 959. Washington, D.C. 1915. American hydroids. Part III, The Campanularidae and the Bonne- viellidae. Special Bulletin U.S. National Museum, 126 pp. Wash- ington, D.C. RITCHIE, J. 1907. On collections of the Cape de Verde Islands marine fauna. ‘The Hydroids. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, pp. 488-514. London. Sars, G. O. 1873. Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges Hydroider. Videnskabs-Sels- kabets Forhandlinger for 1872. Christiania. Sars, M. 1851. Beretning om en i Sommeren 1849 foretagen Zoologisk Reise i Lofoten og Finmarken. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne, Bd. VI. Christiania. STECHOW, E. 1919. Zur Kenntnis der Hydroiden fauna des Mittelsmeeres, Amerikas und anderer Gebiete. Zoologischen Jahrbiichern Abteilung fiir Syste- matik, Geographie und Biologie der Tiere. Band XLII, Heft 1 and 2,172 pp. Jena. 1923. Zur Kenntnis der Hydroidenfauna des Mittelsmeeres, Amerikas und anderer Gebiete. II Teil. Jbid., Bd. XLVII, pp. 29-270. Torrey, H. B. 1902. The Hydroida of the Pacific Coast of North America. University of California Publications in Zoology, I, pp. 1-104. Berkeley. 1904. The hydroids of the San Diego region. Jdid., II, pp. 1-43. TRASK, J. B. 1857. On some new microscopic organisms. Proceedings of the California Academy of Science, I. San Francisco. 74 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 VERRILL, A. E. 1874. Report of the invertebrate animals of Vineyard Sound and adjacent waters. Report of the U.S. Fish Commission, 1871-72, pp. 295-747, Washington, D.C. ’ Wricut, T. S. 1858. Observations on British Zoophytes. Proceedings of the Royal Physi- cal Society of Edinburgh, I, pp. 447-455. Edinburgh. 1859. Observations on British Zoophytes. Edinburgh New Philosophica! Journal, New Series, VIII, pp. 105-114. Edinburgh. 76 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS PWAVe El Clava parva a. Nutritive zooid. b. Generative zooid. Corydendrium flabellatum a. Portion of fascicled stem. b. Hydranth extended. Tubiclava laxa Colony showing nutritive and generative zooids. Tubiclava triserialis A single zooid. Balea trregularis Portion of fascicled stem and zooids. Coryne repens a. ‘Two zooids. b. Zooid with sporosacs. VoL. + Pll FRASER: HYDROIDS No. 1 Bigs 7 IRstfee, Bi Rig. 9 Bigs 110: ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS PLATE 2 Eugemmaria dendritica a. Portion of colony showing branch and zooids. b. Portion of colony showing zooids and sporosacs. Syncoryne flexibilts a. A single zooid. b. Zooid with medusa buds. Bimeria laxa Portion of colony. Bimeria pygmaea Portion of colony. VOL. + FRASER: HYDROIDS JOR oe pene wot | || Npeeeten \ \ 80 Fig. 5 lila pe, 14. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4+ PEATE 3 Bougainvillia crassa Portion of colony showing fascicled stem, branches, hydranths, and medusa buds. Perigonimus robustus Portion of colony. Eudendrium breve Two zooids. Eudendrium certicaule a. Portion of female colony with sporosacs. b. Portion of male colony with sporosacs. No. | FRASER: HYDROIDS Pie a wetting & Se PIC vata ra sl y Lea ee ee Z, es oom 4 SSS e =>. a, is “Stara f Whites) vy nat ¢ Pate “h Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 15. 16. Wp 18. 119% 20. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS PLATE 4 Eudendrium nodosum Portion of colony. Hydractinia disjuncta aandb. Nutritive zooids. candd. Female generative zooids. eandf. Spines. Hydractinia epispongia aandb. Nutritive zooids. candd. Male generative zooids. e. Dactylozooid. Hydractinia hancock a. b. or d. Nutritive zooid. Female generative zooid. Male generative zooid. Basal network with spheroidal bodies. Hydractinia longtspina a. b. Cc: d. Nutritive zooid. Female generative zooid. Male generative zooid. Spine. Hydractinia multispina aandb. Nutritive zooids. Cc. d. Female generative zooid. Spine. VoL. + FRASER? HYDROIDS 84+ Fig. Fig. Fig. 03 21. 22. 23. pS ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PAPAIN 5 Hydractinia jolycarpa a. Nutritive zooid. b. Female generative zooid. c. Dactylozooid. dj spine: Hydractinia quadrigemina a. Nutritive zooid. b. Nutritive zooid, male generative zooid and _ spine. c.. Male generative zooid. d. Spine. Podocoryne reticulata a. Nutritive zooid. b and c. Generative zooids with medusa-buds. Tubularia integra A zooid showing proximal and distal tentacles and gonophores. 86 ities, ie ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS PLATE 6 Tubularia multidentata a. Immature zooid. b. Zooid with tentacles and gonophores. c. One gonophore. VOL. + 88 Fig. Fig. ig. 28. Di 5 aD) 30: b will ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS PLATE 7 Bonnevie!la minor Two zoids growing from a stolon. Campanularia emarginata a,b, andc. Hydrothecae. Campanularia gracilicaulis aandb. Hydrothecae. Clytia acutidentata a. Colony with two hydrothecae. b. Colony with hydrothecae and gonangia. Clytia carinadentata Colony with hydrothecae. Clytia fascicularis a. Fascicled stem with hydrothecae. b. Single hydrotheca. c. Gonangium. VOL. 4 PL. FRASER? HYDROIDS aC 29b 27¢ 28b 27b 90, Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. Sis 38. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. + PLADE 8 Clytia irregularis Colony with hydrothecae and gonangia. Clytia multidentata Hydrotheca. Clytia raridentata Hydrotheca and gonangium. Clytia sertata a. Portion of colony showing nature of series. b. Portion of colony with hydrothecae and gonangium. Eucopella minor a. Hydrotheca. b. Gonangium. Gonothyraea serialts a. Colony with hydrothecae. b. Gonangium in axil. c. Gonangium on stolon. Obelia alternata a. Colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae. b. Colony with hydrothecae and gonangium. 8 Pi. FRASER: HYDROIDS NO. i) bj <7 ays ‘, SC aaa 35a ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 ALANINE, ©) Fig. 39. Obelia equilateralis a. Colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae. b. Portion of colony with gonangium. Fig. 40. Obelia microtheca aandb. Colonies showing hydrothecae. candd. Gonangia. Fig. 41. Obelia obtusidens a. Colony with hydrothecae. b. Gonangium. Fig. 42. Obelia tenuis a. Small colony. b. Larger colony with hydrothecae and gonangia. Fig. 43. Campanulina ramosa A colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae. Fig. 44. Lovene!la nodosa a. Portion of colony with hydrothecae and gonangium. - b. Hydrotheca with longer pedicel. PL. 9 FRASER? HYDROIDS NO. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 4 PEAIE 10 Fig. 45. Halecium fasciculatum a. Portion of colony showing fascicled stem. b. Portion of branch, not fascicled. c. Gonangium. Fig. 46. Halectum insolens a. Colonies showing arrangement of hydrothecae. b. Gonangia. Fig. 47. Halecium regulare Colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae. Fig. 48. Halectum tortum a. Fascicled stem. b. Portion of colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae. Fig. 49. Halectum vagans Colony showing branching. Fig. 50. Ophtodissa laxa Portion of colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae and tentacular organs. PL. lO FRASER: HYDROIDS 96 Fig. Si BS Bn 5 a WN ay . 56. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 4 RvAdsr ed Ophiodissa negligens aandb. Colonies showing arrangement of hydrothecae and tentacular organs. Scandia corrugata Colony showing hydrothecae and gonangia. Lafoea intermedia a. Natural size showing coppinia. b. Portion of fascicled stem. c. Terminal portion of branch. d. Coppinia. Lictorella adhaerens a. Portion of fascicled stem. b. Portion of branch. Synthectum projectum Portion of colony arrangement of hydrothecae. Synthecium rigidum Portion of colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae. FRASER: HYDROIDS ee 1 98 Fig. Fig. 57. & Ske 5 DM 60. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. + RAG eZ Synthecium symmetricum a. Portion of branch showing arrangement of hydrothecae. b. Portion of stem showing origin of branches. ec. Gonangia. Sertularella ampullacea Portion of colony showing branching and hydrothecae. Sertularella exilis aandb. Portions of colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae. Sertularella incisa a. Portion of stem showing branching. b. Portion of branch. 100 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 61. 62. 63. 64. 66. 67. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS PIPACE 13 Sertularia anceps Colony showing branching. Sertularia dispar a. Portion of stem, face view. b. Portion of stem, back view. c. Gonangium. Thuiaria simplex VoL. + Portion of colony showing arrangement of hydrothecae. Aglaophenia praecisa a. Two hydrothecae on a hydrocladium. b. The same further enlarged. Antennella compacta a. Portion of colony showing hydrothecae. b. Gonangium. Antennularta alternata Portion of colony showing branching, hydrothecae and gonangia. Antennularta irregularis Portion of colony showing branching and hydrothecae. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. + PLATE 14 Antennularia tetraseriata Portion of colony showing hydrocladia arrangement. Cladocarpus tortus a. Basal portion of stem. b. Portion of stem and proximal hydrothecae on the hydrocladia. c. Lateral view of hydrocladium. Plumularta acutifrons Portion of colony showing hydrocladia. Plumularta alternata a. Portion of colony showing hydrocladia. b. Gonangia. Plumularia biarmata Portion of colony showing hydrocladia. PL. 14 FRASER? HYDROIDS 104 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. We Wage 76. 77. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS PEARES 15 Plumularia defecta Portion of colony showing hydrocladia. Plumularia inermis a. Portion of colony showing hydrocladia. b. Gonangia. Plumularia magellanica a. Colony showing hydrocladia. b. Gonangia. Plumularta propinqua a. Colony showing hydrocladia. b. Gonangia. Plumularia sinuosa Portion of colony showing hydrocladia. VoL. + Pe. FRASER: HYDROIDS REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALA- PAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, iN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, AND IN 1938, HYDROIDS OF THE 1936 AND 1937 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS By C. McLEAN FRASER Tue UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoLuME 4, NUMBER 2 IssUED OCTOBER 20, 1938 Tue UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS Los ANGELES, CALIFORNIA HYDROIDS OF THE 1936 AND 1937 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS C. McLean FRASER In each of the seven Hancock Expeditions to date, 1932-1938, hy- droids have been collected. In 1934 special attention was paid to hydroid collecting and the collection obtained has been reported upon by itself. In 1936 and 1937 collections were made in a somewhat restricted and well-defined area, no part of which was visited in the 1934 Expedition. It includes the west coast of Lower California, north of Cerros Island, and the Gulf of California. It might have been well to include the remainder of the west coast of Lower California in this general area, but much material was ob- tained from this region in 1934, and this has already received attention. No collections were made there in 1936 and 1937. The hydroids collected in the other four years, 1932, 1933, 1935, and 1938, will be treated together later. Again I wish to acknowledge my obligation to Captain Hancock, his officers and ship’s company of the VELERO 111 and all those associated with these Expeditions for the collection and the preservation of the hydroids. Dr. Irene McCulloch of the Department of Zoology of The University of Southern California sorted the material and looked after it until it was forwarded for examination. Her many kindnesses and her continued interest in the progress of the work are much appreciated. To Dr. Josephine F. L. Hart I am indebted for the drawings used in illustration. DISTRIBUTION Of the 56 species in the collection, nine are described as new (the gonosome of Antennularia tetraseriata Fraser is described for the first time). Of the 47 species previously reported, 36 appeared in the 1934 collection. Of the eleven species that did not so appear, ten have been reported from farther north along the Pacific coast, and one, Plumu- laria attenuata Allman, from the West Indian region. Ten species were obtained from the west coast of Lower California, one of them, A bdietinaria expansa, being new. Of these only one species, A glaophenia octocarpa Nutting, was obtained in the Gulf of California, [ 107 ] 108 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 and that just at the entrance, off Point Piastla. This might be taken to indicate that there is nothing in common in the waters to the west- ward of Lower California and those in the Gulf of California, were it not for the fact that of the 38 previously described species obtained in the Gulf of California in this collection twelve were obtained from the west coast in the 1934 collection. The 1934 collection was all from Cerros Island south; the 1936 and 1937 collections, north of Cerros Island. The hydroid fauna of the Gulf seems to be rather a mixture. While that of the west coast of Lower California is definitely northeast Pacific in type, that of the Gulf, if this collection is representative, is a mixture of species from the north and from the south, the latter related to those from the West Indian region. Of the 38 species above referred to, 22 have been reported from the Pacific, north of the Mexican boundary, and 25 from the Atlantic, but as 15 species have been reported in both of these areas, there are left but seven North Pacific and ten Atlantic species that help to show any trend. More extensive and intensive collecting must be done before any definite conclusions can be drawn. The most striking feature of the hydroid fauna of the Gulf is the preponderance of the Plumularidae, especially of Aglaophenia and Antennularia. It is in these two genera that the most of the new species were found. It may be that here there is a very suitable environment for this family, or, on the other hand, it may be that as these, in general, appear in robust colonies, they are more readily observed in general collecting, in which case a more detailed examination of the fresh material might produce a similar abundance in other families. That the latter explanation is the probable one is indicated by the fact that there were only four gymnoblastic species (there were 46 in the 1934 collec- tion) and very few of the smaller campanularians. SYNONYMY Apart from those that are new, all of the species with the exception of Plumularia attenuata Allman (Allman, G. J. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 1877, p. 30) are mentioned and synonymy given either in Hydroids of the 1934 Allan Hancock Pacific Expedition or in Hydroids of the Pacific Coast of Canada and the United States (Fraser, The University of Toronto Press, Toronto, 1937). It seems unneces- sary to repeat the synonymy here. No. 2 FRASER: HYDROIDS 109 SPECIES AND DistTRIBUTION Family Atractylidae Bimeria gracilis Clark.—Entrance to Angeles Bay, 25 fathoms. Bimeria tenella Fraser—San Quentin Bay, 25 fathoms. Family Eudendridae Eudendrium ramosum (Linnaeus).—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms; Ildefonso Island, 50 fathoms. Eudendrium tenellum Allman.—San Pedro Nolasco Island, 75 fathoms. Eudendrium tenue A. Agassiz.—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Family Campanularidae ?Campanularia emarginata Fraser—San Jaime Banks, off Cape San Lucas, 75 fathoms; San Pedro Nolasco Island, 45 fathoms. Campanularia hincksi Alder—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Campanularia urceolata Clark.—Rosario Bay, 10-15 fathoms. Clytia acutidentata Fraser—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Clytia edwardsi (Nutting).—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Clytia irregularis Fraser—San Quentin Bay, 25 fathoms. Clytia kincaidi (Nutting).—Consag Rock, 10-25 fathoms. Clytia universitatis Torrey —Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Gonothyraea gracilis (Sars).—South and east of San Marcos Island, 20 fathoms. Obelia plicata Hincks——San Lorenzo Channel, Espiritu Santo Island, 24 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 50-75 fathoms. Family Campanulinidae Campanulina forskalea (Peron et LeSueur).—San Pedro Nolasco Is- land, 75 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 50-75 fathoms. Lovenella producta (Sars) —San Pedro Nolasco Island, 75 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 50-75 fathoms. 110 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Family Halecidae Halecium beani (Johnston).—East of Cape San Lucas, 10-15 fathoms; Consag Rock, 10-25 fathoms. Halecium gracile Verrill—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Halecium nanum Alder.—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Halecium parvulum Bale.—Rosario Bay, 10-15 fathoms. Halecium tenellum Hincks——Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Family Hebellidae Hebella calcarata (Agassiz) —Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Scandia corrugata Fraser—San Pedro Nolasco Island, 75 fathoms. Scandia mutabilis (Ritchie) —East of San Marcos Island, 18 fathoms; San Francisco Island, 47 fathoms. Family Lafoeidae Filellum serpens (Hassall).—San Jaime Banks, off Cape San Lucas, 75 fathoms; San Pedro Nolasco Island, 75 fathoms; south of Isla Partida, 40 fathoms. Lafoea dumosa (Fleming ).—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 50 and 45 fathoms. Family Sertularidae A bietinaria anguina (Trask) —San Quentin Bay, 25 fathoms. A bietinaria expansa Fraser.—Rosario Bay, 10-15 fathoms. Pasya quadridentata (Ellis and Solander).—Consag Rock, 10-25 fathoms. Sertularella ampullacea Fraser—San Lorenzo Channel, Espiritu Santo Island, 24 fathoms. Sertularella pedrensis ‘Torrey —Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 40 and 45 fathoms; Ildefonso Island, 50 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 50-75 fathoms; off Cape San Lucas, 75 fathoms. Sertularia cornicina (McCrady).—Consag Rock, 10-25 fathoms; off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. Sertularia desmoides ‘Torrey.—South of Isla Partida, 40 fathoms. Sertularia furcata Trask.—Santa Rosalia Bay, 15 fathoms; Rosario Bay, 10-15 fathoms; San Quentin Bay, 25 fathoms. bo NO. FRASER: HYDROIDS 111 Family Plumularidae Aglaophenia diegensis Torrey —Consag Rock, 10-25 fathoms; north of Lobos Point, shore; Perdita Island, 4% mile north of San Fran- cisco Island, 30 fathoms; San Francisco Island, shore; Espiritu Santo Island, shore. Aglaophenia latirostris Nutting—Rosario Bay, 10-15 fathoms; San Quentin Bay, 25 fathoms. Aglaophenia longicarpa Fraser—San Lorenzo Channel, Espiritu Santo Island, 24 fathoms. Aglaophenia lophocarpa Allman.—North of San Pedro Nolasco Island, 100 fathoms. Aglaophenia octocarpa Nutting—Near Point Piastla, 6-8 fathoms; Santa Rosalia Bay, 15 fathoms. Aglaophenia pinguis Fraser—San Francisco Island, shore. Aglaophenia propinqua Fraser.—Port Escondido, 20 fathoms. Aglaophenia struthionides (Murray)—San Quentin Bay, 3-5 fathoms. A glaophenia symmetrica Fraser—San Pedro Nolasco Island, 75 fathoms. Antennularia compacta Fraser—Off Francisquito Bay, 10-20 fathoms. Antennularia irregularis Fraser—Off Francisquito Bay, 10-20 fathoms. Antennularia reversa Fraser—Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 50-75 fathoms. Antennularia septata Fraser—North of San Esteban Island, 20-70 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 50-75 fathoms. Antennularia tetraseriata Fraser—San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, 75 fathoms; San Esteban Island, 35 fathoms. Lytocarpus philippinus (Kirchenpauer).—Ildefonso Island, 50 fathoms. Monostaechas quadridens (McCrady).—Off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms; Ildefonso Island, 50 fathoms. Plumularia attenuata Allman.—San Lorenzo Channel, Espiritu Santo Island, 5-15 fathoms; east of San Marcos Island, 18 fathoms. Plumularia corrugata Nutting.—Inside anchorage, San Francisco Island, 15 fathoms; San Francisco Island, 47 fathoms; entrance to Angeles Bay, 20-70 fathoms. Plumularia lagenifera Allman.—Ofi White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms; entrance to Angeles Bay, 25 fathoms. Plumularta setacea (Ellis) —San Lorenzo Channel, Espiritu Santo Is- land, 24 fathoms. Plumularia tenuissima Fraser—San Jaime Banks, off Cape San Lucas, 6-8, 75 and 120 fathoms; Salinas Bay, Carmen Island, 20 fathoms. hie ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 DEscRIPTION OF NEw SPECIES Abietinaria expansa, new species Plate 16, Fig. 1 Trophosome.—Colony (largest fragment 5 cm. high) rather rigid, with a rigid main stem, which is almost straight, the sinuosities being very slight, a few large branches making a wide angle with the stem, somewhat irregularly placed, each looking like a portion of the main stem. The smaller, unbranched branches are quite regularly placed, alternately, on the two sides, usually with the hydrothecae on the stem between two successive branches on the same side. hese small branches are rigid also, and the branches, large and small, are in the same plane. The whole colony is much spread out. The nodes on the stem and on the branches are well marked but are not regularly placed. The hydrothecae on the branches are subopposite, rather than alternate, swollen at the base and narrowing to a neck, i.e., of the abietina type, about one-half free; margin entire. Gonosome.—Gonangia appear along the face of the branches, not regularly spaced. In face view, they are pear-shaped, with a short, curved pedicel, a distal neck, with an oval aperture. The other diameter is much less and hence the gonangium is elliptical in side view. Length 1.0 mm., greater diameter 0.5 mm., lesser diameter 0.3 mm. The trophosome of this species is very similar to that of 4. amphora Nutting. The main difference is in the few large branches that are again branched; the pairs of hydrothecae on the branches are rather more distant. ‘The gonosome in the two species bears little resemblance. ‘The large gonangia with prominent ridges, clustered on the main stem, of 4. amphora are little like the much smaller solitary gonangia on the branches of 4. expansa. Aglaophenia longicarpa, new species Plate 16, Fig. 2 Trophosome.—Colonies up to 10 cm. in height, with dark brown, almost black, somewhat flexible, main stem, and light brown hydro- cladia; these well graded in length, but, at the greatest, not more than 15 mm. long. Main stem divided into regular internodes, each with a hydrocladium arising from a process near the distal end; the hydro- cladia coming off in regular alternation from the stem, two of them in LT LE EY NO. 2 FRASER: HYDROIDS 113 succession making an angle of about 60°. The nodes in the hydrocladia are quite distinct, and, as the hydrothecae are quite close to each other and are short and stout, the internodes are short also. The margin of the hydrotheca bears nine teeth, the median one, small but sharp, straight or slightly retrorse; all the others are larger, more rounded at the tip, but not very deep. The intrathecal ridges are distinct. The mesial nematophore does not project very far from the face of the hydrotheca and does not reach the margin of the hydrotheca; the supra- calycine nematophores are large, reaching above the margin of the hydrotheca; the three nematophores on each cauline internode are simi- larly tubular. Gonosome.—The corbulae are rather numerous and are conspicuous on account of their great length, with 17 or 18 pairs of leaves in the fully developed corbula. The margins of the leaves are lobed, the lobes being somewhat incised, and, in consequence, when the lobes of the two adjacent leaves meet, there are distinct lenticular spaces, or openings into the interior of the corbula. There is one hydrotheca on the hydro- cladium between the corbula and the stem. Aglaophenia pinguis, new species Plate 16, Fig. 3 Trophosome.—Colonies up to 18 cm., simple, unbranched, with dark brown stem, and much lighter brown hydrocladia. The stem is divided into regular internodes by transverse nodes, with a hydrocladial process on each, some distance from the end, the hydrocladia alternating from side to side. Hydrocladia nodes distinct; internodes short, with little space between the successive hydrothecae; hydrothecae broad in both diameters as compared with the length, adherent throughout prac- tically the whole length; two intrathecal ridges well marked; margin with eight similar, straight, rather blunt, teeth. Supracalycine nemato- phores curved, reaching to, or slightly above the margin of the hydro- theca; mesial nematophore short, but projecting well out from the hydrotheca; two cauline nematophores on each internode of the stem, one well below, and the other close above, the hydrocladial process; two on the hydrocladial process, one on the face and the other on the back. Gonosome.—Corbulae numerous, scattered throughout the length of the colony, deep for the length, with nine or ten pairs of leaves; one hydrotheca between the corbula and the hydrocladial process. 114 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Aglaophenia propinqua, new species Plate 16, Fig. 4 Trophosome.—Colonies, up to 12 cm., unbranched or very slightly branched, with a heavy, dark brown main stem and light brown, almost white, hydrocladia. The stem is distinctly divided into internodes, each with a hydrocladial process some distance from the distal end; the bases of these processes are so much on the face of the internode, they are not far from being in line, but the hydrocladia turn almost immediately to the right or to the left to make the regular alternate arrangement, the outer portions being nearly in the same plane. The hydrocladium is divided into internodes by faint nodes; the hydrotheca occupies the whole length of the internode, so that the margin of the one hydrotheca is practically touching the base of the next hydrotheca in succession. The hydrotheca is rather stout for the length. There are nine teeth on the margin, but they are so low that the margin might be described as wavy; the small, median tooth comes to a sharp point, but the others, nearly equal, are more rounded. The septal ridges are faint; the supra- calycine nematophores are large, over-topping the margin; the mesial nematophore extends upward for about two thirds of the length of the hydrotheca and then projects but a short distance; of the three cauline nematophores on each internode, the one above and the one below the hydrocladial process are considerably larger than the one on the process. Gonosome.—Not observed. Aglaophenia symmetrica, new species Platevi7. Bice 5 Trophosome.—Colonies—18 cm.—growing in clusters; the hydro- cladia are long, up to 2 cm., and graded in length very uniformly so as to give a graceful symmetry to the colony. As the main stems are light brown and the hydrocladia almost white, the species is a most handsome one. The stem is relatively slender, with the nodes indistinct or absent; the hydrocladia are given off at a wide angle and they might almost be described as being in opposite pairs, rather than regularly alternate. On the hydrocladia, the nodes are distinct and the hydrotheca occupies practically the whole length of the internode. The hydrotheca is large, 0.5 mm. long, but well proportioned ; the intrathecal ridges are definite but not extensive. There are nine regularly rounded teeth on the margin, the median one rather slender, erect, the second from the ; 4 No. 2 FRASER: HYDROIDS 125 median on each side is the largest, the first and third, similar in size, the fourth smaller. The supracalycine nematophores reach to, or slightly beyond, the margin of the hydrotheca; they are narrower proximally than distally; the mesial nematophore reaches about half way up the face of the hydrotheca, with but a small portion free; the usual three cauline nematophores are associated with the origin of the hydrocladium, they are all tubular. Gonosome.—The corbulae appear at irregular intervals on both sides of the stem. The total length of the corbula, which is slightly curved, is about 4 mm. The particular one described had eleven pairs of leaves; the nematophores on the margin of the leaves are somewhat distant and they are relatively small; at the base of each leaf margin there is a prominent nematophore with a conical tip pointing to the base of the corbula. There is one hydrotheca on the hydrocladium be- tween the corbula and the hydrocladial process. Antennularia compacta, new species Plate 17, Fig. 6 Trophosome.—Colony rather short—maximum 4 cm.—with a short stem that shows the fasciculation and canaliculation very readily when living or freshly preserved. The hydrocladia are arranged in rather definite whorls toward the base but with a more definitely decussate arrangement distally; the hydrocladial process is stout and all the internodes of the hydrocladium are thecate; the internodes are short for this genus, with the hydrotheca placed almost centrally; the septa are faint or absent. The pair of supracalycine and the single proximal nematophore are present on each internode; on the hydrocladial process there is a stationary one-chambered nematophore, a jointed, two-cham- bered one in the axil, and another near the distal end. There is one cauline nematophore between two successive hydrocladial processes in the same line. Gonosome.—Not observed. Antennularia reversa, new species Plate 17, Fig. 7 Trophosome.—Colony with stout main stem—up to 45 mm.—but no branches, without definite nodes. Hydrocladia in four series, irregu- larly decussate, with two series inclined to the one side and two to the other, so as to give somewhat of a biserial arrangement or appearance. 116 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Hydrocladia long—up to 8 mm.—and slender, arising from a promi- nent process on the stem; divided into regular internodes by transverse nodes, all internodes thecate; the hydrotheca is much nearer the proxi- mal than the distal end of the internode; the septa are faint or absent. ‘There are two supracalycine nematophores and a mesial nematophore near the proximal, and one near the distal end of each internode; on the cauline hydrocladial process there is a short fixed nematophore, and also a movable one, as well as another at the axil of the process; there are nematophores on the stem, somewhat irregularly arranged, but there is usually at least one between each two successive processes in the same series. Gonosome.—Not observed. Antennularia septata, new species Plate 18, Fig. 8 Trophosome.—sStiff looking colonies—up to 10 cm.—grow in clus- ters of as many as 25. Stem, stout, straight, rigid, shows little or no sign of division into internodes. The hydrocladia are given off in regular alternation from the two sides of the stem, in the same plane, each from a distinct process of the stem. The hydrocladium is divided into short, nonthecate, alternating with longer, thecate internodes, the proximal internode being nonthecate; the hydrotheca is near the distal end of the internode. The septa are numerous and much pronounced; there is one septum near each end of each internode, and one at the base of the hydrotheca in the thecate internode. There are two supracalycine ne- matophores, and a median nematophore on each hydrocladial internode, one on the hydrocladial process, and one large cauline nematophore later- ally placed between each two successive hydrocladia. Gonosome.—Not observed. Antennularia tetraseriata Fraser Plate 18, Fig. 9 Trophosome.—See description in Hydroids of the 1934 Allan Han- cock Pacific Expedition, 1938, p. 59. Gonosome.—(Not previously described). Gonangia are borne singly on the hydrocladial processes of the stem, scattered, without regular arrangement. There is a basal portion rapidly enlarging from the at- tachment, then rather an abrupt turn to the cylindrical distal portion, No. 2 FRASER: HYDROIDS 117 so that the adcauline side is distinctly concave, and the abcauline, dis- tinctly convex; or, the gonangium may be nearly straight and then regularly obovate. The opening does not occupy all of the distal end. Plumularia tenuissima, new species Plate 18, Fig. 10 Trophosome.—Colonies growing from a stolon, somewhat loosely clustered—5 cm. Stem unbranched or very slightly and irregularly branched, very slender, divided into long internodes without ridges; each internode with a hydrocladium almost at its distal end, but the hydrocladia are not always strictly alternate; nematophores numerous, usually four to an internode besides the two that are on the hydrocladial process. Hydrecladia long—up to 6 mm.—and very slender, bearing at most four hydrothecae. Next to the hydrocladial process of the cauline internode, there is a short internode, with two ridges but without hydro- theca or nematophores; next to this is a much longer internode, also with a ridge near each end, with two nematophores but not bearing a hydro- theca; the third internode is thecate, the hydrotheca being nearly medially placed; it also has proximal and distal ridges, one, or some- times two, mesial nematophores, below the hydrotheca, and two large supracalycine nematophores; after this the nonthecate and the thecate internodes follow in order, the former similar to the second and the latter to the third internode. Gonosome.—Gonangia appear in some of the distal axils, on short pedicels, slender, nearly tubular, 1.0 mm. long, 0.1 mm. in diameter, smooth. (All the figures, unless otherwise indicated, have a magnification of 20 diameters.) bo bo Fig. Fig. Fig. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PWAGME 6 Abietinaria expansa a. Portion of branch to show arrangement of hydrothecae. b. Portion of colony to show branching and gonangia. Aglaophenia longicarpa a. Portion of hydrocladium to show hydrothecae. b. Two hydrothecae further enlarged (>< 40). c. Corbula. Aglaophenia pinguis a. Portion of hydrocladium to show hydrothecae. b. Hydrothecae further enlarged (40). c. Corbula. Aglaophenia propinqua a. Portion of hydrocladium to show hydrothecae. b. Hydrothecae further enlarged (X40). FRASER: HYDROIDS 124 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PEATE 17 Fig. 5. Aglaophenia symmetrica a. Portion of hydrocladium to show hydrothecae. b. Hydrothecae further enlarged (><40). ce. Corbula. Fig. 6. Antennularia compacta Portion of colony to show the arrangement of the hydrocladia and the hydrothecae. Fig. 7. Antennularia reversa Portion of colony to show arrangement of hydrocladia and hydrothecae. No. 2 FRASER: HYDROIDS PL. 17 126 ue Ss nie, Os Fig. 10 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. + PLATE 18 Antennularia septata Portion of colony to show arrangement of hydrocladia and hydrothecae. Antennularia tetrasertata Portion of colony to show gonangium. Plumularia tenutssima a. Portion of stem and hydrocladia. b. Portion of colony showing gonangia. PL. 18 FRASER: HYDROIDS NO. REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALA- PAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, AND IN 1938. HY DROIDS OF THE 1932, 1933,'1935; and 1938 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS By C. McLEAN FRASER | THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 4, NUMBER 3 IssuED OCTOBER 20, 1938 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS Los ANGELES, CALIFORNIA | HYDROIDS OF THE 1932, 1933, 1935, and 1938 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS C. McLEAN FRASER Two papers have already appeared on the hydroids collected by the Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions to the eastern tropical Pacific. The first one dealt with the hydroids collected in 1934 only, mainly because in that Expedition intensive hydroid collecting was a significant fea- ture. That paper has been the basis for comparison in working on the material from the other expeditions. The second paper dealt with the collections made in 1936 and 1937, as these were largely confined to the Gulf of California. In the Expeditions of 1932, 1933, 1935, and 1938, exploration was carried on in much the same regions as in 1934, the main difference being that much of the coast of Peru was included as well. The hydroids from these four expeditions can be treated to- gether readily in one paper. Although the hydroid collecting was, in the main, incidental, much interesting material was obtained. Although the general area visited was much the same each year, the actual collecting stations differed very materially, and as that is so, it may help, to add to the list of locations given in the first paper, to satisfy the new distribution records. LocATIONS Galapagos Islands Marchena Island North Bay Tower Island Darwin Bay Daphne Major Island Daphne Minor Island Indefatigable Island Conway Bay, on west coast Gordon Rocks, on east coast Barrington Island Osborn Island Northwest of South Seymour Island [ 129 ] 130 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Peru San Juan Bay San Nicholas Bay Independencia Bay Chincha Islands Callao Hormigas de Afuera Islands Lobos de Afuera Islands Ecuador La Libertad Manta Bay Cape San Francisco Colombia Octavia Bay, north of Port Utria Panama Pinas Bay Panama Costa Rica Playa Blancas Parker Bay Salinas Bay Cocos Island Wafer Bay Nuez Island Mexico Chacahua Bay Black Rock, south of Cape Corrientes Coronado Islands, just south of the United States-Mexico boundary. I am indebted to Dr. Josephine F. L. Hart and Miss Ursula Dale for the drawings of the figures used. Once more, acknowledgments are due to Captain G. Allan Hancock, his officers and ship’s company, to all those who have been associated with them in these various expeditions, and to Dr. Irene McCulloch of the Department of Zoology, The University of Southern California, for her attention to the material after it was safely landed. It has meant many-sided co-operation that has been thoroughly appreciated. No. 3 FRASER: HYDROIDS 131 DIsTRIBUTION Ninety-nine species are listed from these four expeditions, of which all but 20 have been reported in one of the other papers. Of the 20, twelve are described as new. In the three papers, 213 species have been listed, 94 of them new. The proportions of the numbers in the three main areas—A, oceanic islands, 29; B, mainland coast, south of Balboa, 46; C, mainland coast, north of Balboa, 56—have been changed somewhat, mainly because of the extension of the exploration area southward, to include Peru, as in Area B there is a greater proportionate number. Forty-two species have not been reported outside this area. The dis- tribution of the other 57 shows a marked parallelism to the distribution of those reported in the 1934 paper. 1934: South of Area B, 13 species, 13%; North of Area C, 52 species, 52% ; North Atlantic, 77 species, 77% ; 1932, 1933, 1935, 1938; South of Area B, 9 species, 15.8%; North of Area C, 31 species, 54.4% ; North Atlantic, 43 species, 75.4%. It is significant that even when the coast of Peru is included, there is still little affinity to the hydroids of the coast of Chile. The Humboldt Current must make a very definite demarcation. As far as hydroid dis- tribution is concerned, there is nothing like it anywhere in the northeast Pacific. SPECIES AND DISTRIBUTION Family Clavidae Turritopsis nutricula McCrady.—Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms. Family Atractylidae Bimeria gracilis Clark.—Bahia Honda, 3-5 fathoms; Parker Bay, 30 fathoms. Bimeria vestita Wright—Manta Bay, shore; Pinas Bay, 30-35 fathoms ; Panama, shore; White Friars, 15-20 fathoms. Bougainvillia crassa Fraser —Panama, shore. Perigonimus gracilis Fraser —Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms. Perigonimus repens Wright.—South and east of Daphne Major Island, 55 fathoms; Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms; Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms. Perigonimus robustus Fraser—Black Rock, south of Cape Corrientes, 5-10 fathoms. 132 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Family Eudendridae Eudendrium tenellum Allman.—North of Hood Island, 20-40 fathoms. Eudendrium tenue A. Agassiz—Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms; Secas Islands, 14 fathoms. Family Hydractinidae Hydractinia longispina Fraser—Lobos de Afuera Islands, 12 fathoms. Hydractinia multispina Fraser—Tagus Cove, 10 fathoms. Hydractinia rugosa Fraser —Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms. Family Pennaridae Pennaria tiarella McCrady.—Cape San Francisco, 15 fathoms; Panama, shore. Family Campanularidae Campanularia hincksi Alder—Off Daphne Major Island, 70-80 fath- oms; north of Hood Island, 20-40 fathoms. Campanularia urceolata Clark.—434 miles east of Coronado Islands, 14 fathoms. Clytia bakeri Torrey—Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms. Clytia coronata (Clarke).—Secas Islands, 14 fathoms. Clytia cylindrica A. Agassiz—Tagus Cove, 10 fathoms; south and east of Daphne Major Island, 85 fathoms; Independencia Bay, 10 fathoms; north of Gorgona Island, 10-20 fathoms; Secas Islands, 5-20 fathoms; off Nuez Island, 30-50 fathoms. Clytia fascicularis Fraser —Callao, 5 fathoms. Clytia irregularis Fraser—Tangola Tangola, 15-20 fathoms. Clytia macrocarpa Fraser—South Bay, Lobos de Afuera Islands, 14-16 fathoms and 20-22 fathoms; Independencia Bay, 5 and 20 fathoms; Callao, 3 fathoms; Hormigas de Afuera Islands, 45 fathoms; San Nicholas Bay, 10-25 fathoms. Clytia seriata Fraser —Tenacatita Bay, in lagoon. Clytia universitatis Torrey—Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms. Eucopella caliculata (Hincks).—South Bay, Lobos de Afuera Islands, 12 fathoms. Eucopella everta (Clark). —San Juan Bay, 15-20 fathoms; Lobos de Afuera Islands, shore. Gonothyraea gracilis (Sars) —Tagus Cove, 10-20 fathoms; Indepen- dencia Bay, 5 fathoms; Callao, 5 fathoms; Parker Bay, 10 fathoms; off Nuez Island, 30-50 fathoms; Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms. No. 3 FRASER: HYDROIDS 133 Gonothyraea serialis Fraser—lbLa Libertad, 3-5 fathoms; Tenacatita Bay, in lagoon. Obelia commissuralis (McCrady ).—Watfer Bay, shore. Obelia dichotoma (Linnaeus).—Tagus Cove, 10-20 fathoms; north of Gorgona Island, 10-20 fathoms. Obelia geniculata (Linnaeus).—North end of Albemarle Island, 6-7 fathoms; Callao, 5 fathoms; San Juan Bay, 15-20 fathoms; Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms. Obelia hyalina Clarke.—Isabel Island, 10-15 fathoms. Obelia microtheca Fraser—Independencia Bay, 5 fathoms; La Libertad, 3-5 fathoms; Panama, shore. Obelia tenuis Fraser—Tagus Cove, 10-20 fathoms. Family Campanulinidae Lovenella nodosa Fraser—Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms. Lovenella rugosa Fraser.—Tenacatita Bay, 5 fathoms. Family Halecidae Halecium beani ( Johnston).—South and east of Daphne Major Island, 55 fathoms; Secas Islands, 12 fathoms. Halecium halecinum (Linnaeus).—Secas Islands, 12 fathoms. FHlalecium insolens Fraser—Tenacatita Bay, in lagoon. FHlalecium nanum Alder.—Secas Islands, 12 fathoms. Halecium regulare Fraser—Secas Islands, 14 fathoms. Halecium tenellum Hincks.—South and east of Daphne Major Island, 55 fathoms; Secas Islands, 14 fathoms. Halecium tenue Fraser —Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fathoms. Halecium tortum Fraser—Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms. Halecium washingtoni Nutting—San Juan Bay, 15-20 fathoms; Lobos de Afuera Islands, South Bay, 12 fathoms; off Nuez Island, 30- 50 fathoms. Ophiodissa alternata Fraser—Secas Islands, 14 fathoms. Ophiodissa laxa Fraser—Secas Islands, 12 fathoms. Family Hebellidae Scandia corrugata Fraser—Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms; Secas Islands, 12 and 14 fathoms. ?Scandia expansa Fraser—North of Gorgona Island, 10-20 fathoms. Scandia mutabilis (Ritchie)—Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms; Secas Is- lands, 14 fathoms. 134 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Family Lafoeidae Acryptolaria pulchella (Allman) —Off Barrington Island, 73 fathoms ; Sulivan Bay, 35-40 fathoms. Eucryptolaria pinnata Fraser—Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fath- oms. Filellum serpens (Hassall). —-Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fathoms ; Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms; Pinas Bay, 30-35 fathoms; Secas Islands, 12 fathoms; Salinas Bay, 20 fathoms. Lafoea intermedia Fraser—Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fathoms. Lictorella cervicornis Nutting—Sulivan Bay, 35-40 fathoms; off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fathoms; off Barrington Island, 73 fathoms; north of Hood Island, 20-40 fathoms. Family Synthecidae Synthecium gracile Fraser —North of Point Saint Elena, 8-10 fathoms ; Port Utria, 2 fathoms; Pinas Bay, 35-40 fathoms; Secas Islands, 5-20 and 12 fathoms. Synthecium projectum Fraser—Secas Islands, 12 fathoms. Synthecium symmetricum Fraser—Port Utria, shore; Octavia Bay, 35- 40 fathoms; Pinas Bay, 35-40 fathoms; Secas Islands, 12 fathoms. Family Sertularidae Abietinaria amphora Nutting —434 miles east of Coronado Islands, 14 fathoms. Pasya quadridentata (Ellis and Solander).—North end of Albemarle Island, 6-7 fathoms. Sertularella ampullacea Fraser—Panama, shore; Secas Islands, 14 fathoms. Sertularella clausa (Allman).—Independencia Bay, 5 fathoms. Sertularella conica Allman.—South and east of Daphne Major Island, 55 fathoms; off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fathoms; Chincha Islands, 5 fathoms; San Juan Bay, 15-20 fathoms; Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms. Sertularella erecta Fraser ——North end of Albemarle Island, 6-7 fathoms. Sertularella formosa Fewkes.—Secas Islands, 12 and 14 fathoms; Pinas Bay, 30-35 fathoms. Sertularella rugosa (Linnaeus).—Lobos de Afuera Islands, 12 fathoms. Sertularella tenella (Alder).—San Juan Bay, 15-20 fathoms; Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms. No. 3 FRASER: HYDROIDS 135 Sertularia anceps Fraser—Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 20 fathoms; Pinas Bay, 30-35 fathoms. Sertularia cornicina (McCrady).—Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 20 fathoms. Sertularia dispar Fraser——North of Point Saint Elena, 8-10 fathoms. Sertularia exigua Allman.—Tangola Tangola, 15-20 fathoms. Sertularia furcata Trask——North of Point Saint Elena, 8-10 fathoms. Sertularia operculata Linnaeus.—Lobos de Afuera Islands, South Bay, 12 and 25-30 fathoms. Sertularia stookeyi Nutting——North of Point Saint Elena, 8-10 fathoms. Thuiaria simplex Fraser.—Secas Islands, 14 fathoms. Thuiaria tubuliformis (Markt.)—Shore, in all cases: Cartago Bay, Darwin Bay, Marchena Island, James Island, Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, Osborn Island, Gardiner Bay, North Sey- mour Island, Port Utria, Octavia Bay, Parker Bay. Family Plumularidae Aglaophenia dubia Nutting —Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fathoms. Aglaophenia longicarpa Fraser.—Isabel Island, 10-15 fathoms. Aglaophenia prominens Fraser—Lobos de Afuera Islands, 25-30 fath- oms; 434 miles east of Coronado Islands, 14 fathoms. Aglaophenia rigida Allman.—Playa Blancas, 3-5 fathoms. Aglaophenia struthionides (Murray ).—434 miles east of Coronado Is- lands, 14 fathoms. Antennella avalonia Vorrey.—North end of Albemarle Island, 6-7 fath- oms; Port Utria, 2 fathoms; Pinas Bay, 30-35 fathoms. Antennella gracilis Allman.—Secas Islands, 12 fathoms. Antennularia irregularis Fraser—North of Gorgona Island, 10-20 fathoms; Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms. Antennularia tetraseriata Fraser—North of Gorgona Island, 10-20 fathoms; Octavia Bay, 35-40 fathoms. Hippurella longicarpa Nutting—Northwest of Charles Island, 250 fathoms. Lytocarpus philippinus (Kirchenpauer).—Hood Island, 20 fathoms; James Island, 8 fathoms; La Libertad, shore; La Plata Island, 10 fathoms; Port Utria, shore; Secas Islands, 12 and 14 fathoms ; Tenacatita Bay, in lagoon; Isabel Island, 10-15 fathoms. Monostaechas quadridens (McCrady).—Secas Islands, 14 fathoms. Plumularia alternata Nutting—Secas Islands, 14 fathoms; Isabel Is- land, 10-15 fathoms. 136 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Plumularia corrugata Nutting—Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fathoms. Plumularia lagenifera Allman.—Independencia Bay, 5 and 20 fathoms; South Bay, Cerros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Plumularia magellanica Hartlaub.—South Bay, Lobos de Afuera Is- lands, shore and 12 fathoms. Plumularia margaretta (Nutting).—La Libertad, 3-5 fathoms. Plumularia micronema Fraser.—Secas Islands, 14 fathoms; Parker Bay, 40 fathoms; Playa Blancas, 15 fathoms. Plumularia propinqua Fraser—Chacahua Bay, 5-10 fathoms; Isabel Island, 10-15 fathoms. Plumularia septata Fraser —Chincha Islands, 8 fathoms; Independencia Bay, 5 fathoms; Callao, off Penal Colony, 5 fathoms. Plumularia setacea (Ellis) Santa Maria Bay, 35-40 fathoms. Plumularia sinuosa Fraser—Tenacatita Bay, 5 fathoms. Plumularia tenuissima Fraser—Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fathoms. Streptocaulus pulcherrimus Allman.—Barrington Island, 73 fathoms; north of Hood Island, 20-40 and 50-100 fathoms. Of these 99 species, 20 are reported from this area for the first time, of which 8 species have been described previously. They are :— Clytia bakeri Torrey.—Torrey, H. B. Hyd. of San Diego, 1904, II, Pel O: Eucopella caliculata (Hincks) as Campanularia caliculata. Hincks, T. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), XI, 1853, p. 178. Acryptolaria pulchella (Allman) as Cryptolaria pulchella, Allman, G. J. Challenger Hydroids, XXIII, 1888, p. 40. A bietinaria amphora Nutting. Nutting, C. C. Am. Hyd., Part II, 1904, p19. Sertularella clausa Allman. Allman, G. J. Challenger Hydroids, Part II, 1888, p. 54. Sertularia operculata Linnaeus. Linnaeus, C. Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 808. Aglaophenia dubia Nutting. —Aglaophenia gracilis Allman. Nutting, CoC. Ami Hyds Pace ieto0er page: Hippurella longicarpa Nutting. Nutting, C. C. Am. Hyd., Part I, 1900, p. 84. No. 3 FRASER: HYDROIDS 137 Description of one new genus, twelve new species, and the gonosome of two other species. PPerigonimus gracilis, new species Plate 19, Fig. 1 Trophosome.—Colony slender, sparsely branched, the branches com- monly coming off at an acute angle with the stem and the pedicels simi- larly from the stem or branches; the largest colony observed was 5.5 ram. high. Perisare never very thick, thins out to end almost impercep- tibly below the base of the hydranth, the surface smooth or slightly wrinkled. Hydranth long and slender but considerably greater in di- ameter than the pedicel. Tentacles 10-12. Gonosome.—Not observed. Note.—It is quite possible that this is the species of Perigonimus that Hartlaub described and figured, as Perigonimus sp. in Die Hy- droiden der Magalhaensischen Region und Chilenischen Kiiste, 1905, p. 532, as it bears some resemblance to his figure “0,” but it also bears a resemblance to his figure “‘Ka,’’ which, for some reason difficult to understand, he labels “(?) Perigonimus repens Wright.” Perigonimus robustus Fraser Plate 19, Fig. 2 Perigonimus robustus Fraser. Hyd. of the 1934 Hancock Exp. 1938, ps Li. Trophosome.—For description see original reference. Gonosome.—Medusa-buds grow singly from the hydranth pedicels, a short distance below the hydranths themselves, with short, annulated pedicels. The medusa-bud reaches to, or a little above, the margin of the hydranth tube and is of much the same diameter as this margin. Hydractinia rugosa, new species Plate 19, Fig. 3 Trophosome.—Nutritive zooids, not closely placed, arise from an encrusting coenosare that does not show any network at the surface; those most fully extended reach a height of nearly 2 mm. There are commonly eight tentacles; either four of these are much longer than the other four, or they are extended while the others are contracted, as, in the preserved material, this difference in size is definitely indicated. 138 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Gonosome.—(Only female generative zooids observed.) The gener- ative zooids are much smaller than the nutritive and are devoid of ten- tacles. The sporosacs form a whorl about half way to the base of the tentacles; each sporosac with four large ova. In several cases, a second whorl seems to be developing just distal to the main whorl. Other zooids—No other types of zooids were observed. Spines.—The spines are numerous, large (some of them nearly 1.0 mm. high), and conspicuous; slightly tapering to a blunt point, with 4-6 prominent, rugose ridges, running longitudinally. Clytia macrocarpa, new species Plate 19, Fig. 4 Trophosome.—Zooids may grow up singly, or colonies may appear, consisting of a stem and one to several branches. When branches are present they are never regularly or closely arranged, hence the colony is somewhat straggly. The branches and the pedicels bend abruptly near the origin, turning to form an acute angle with the stem, or even run- ning almost parallel with it. The stem, branches, and pedicels are all slender; they are annulated for some distance at both extremities and some of the terminal pedicels are annulated throughout or nearly so. Hydrotheca rather broadly campanulate, with 9-10 distinct, sharp teeth. Gonosome.—Gonangia of great length, approximately two and one- half times the length of the hydrothecae, growing from the stolon, from the main stem, or from the branches, with rather long pedicels, annu- lated throughout; elongate elliptical, narrowed slightly just below the margin; surface with slightly wavy lines running from base to margin, or there may be wavy, longitudinal corrugations. Lovenella rugosa, new species Plate 19, Fig. 5 Trophosome.—Minute colonies consisting of one, two, three, or four zooids, growing from a stoloniferous network, over the surface of seaweed. If there are more than one zooid in the colony, the second grows out from the pedicel of the first, slightly below the base of the hydro- theca; the pedicel of the second one curves in the proximal portion so that it continues almost in line with the first; if there is a third zooid, it springs from the second as the second from the first, and a fourth may develop likewise. When there are four zooids in the colony, it may No. 3 FRASER: HYDROIDS 139 reach a height of 3 mm. All of the pedicels are regularly corrugated throughout; these may be shallow to give a wrinkled appearance. ‘The turbinate hydrotheca has nine or ten segments in the operculum. Gonosome.—The gonangium grows from the stolon, on a short corrugated pedicel; it is large as compared with the size of the hydro- theca, almost 1.0 mm. in length, shaped like half of an ellipse, the distal end being truncated. There is a single medusa in the gonangium, the height being greater than the transverse diameter. The one in the speci- men described has four radial canals and four spherical tentacle bulbs, visible through the gonangium. Halecium tenue, new species Plate 20, Fig. 6 Trophosome.—Colony slender, up to 12 mm. in height; stem usually simple, but occasionally, slightly fascicled; it does not form a continu- ous axis for the colony. There is a long pedicellate portion for each hydrophore, and then just proximal to the hydrophore another pedicel is given off for the next hydrophore. Commonly the hydrophore is dupli- cated one or more times, with a varying length of pedicel between, or a branch, similar to the main stem, may grow out of the hydrophore. There are seldom any nodes or evidences of annulation. The rim of the hydrophore is slightly but distinctly flaring. Gonosome.—All of the gonangia that were not empty were female. It may be that male and female are similar in shape and size. The gonangium is biconvex, 0.75 mm. long, 0.5 mm. in the greater diameter, and 0.25 mm. in the lesser, with a very short pedicel. It may appear on the stolon or any part of the stem. Ophiodissa alternata, new species Plate 20, Fig. 7 Trophosome.—Colony reaching a height of 8 mm., but usually much less, with a slight tendency to fasciculation in the larger colonies, grow- ing from an unbranched stolon (in this instance, creeping over the hydroid Lytocarpus philippinus); branches, if present, few and scat- tered irregularly. Stem zigzag, as the pedicel of each hydrophore comes out from near the distal end of the previous pedicel, and the pedicels alternate from side to side. Each pedicel has a double annulation near the proximal end; hydrophore distinctly flaring. 140 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Tentacular organs quite large, commonly one to each pedicel, a short distance below the origin of the following pedicel. None was observed on the stolon. Gonosome.—Gonangia appear almost sessile, attached to the hydro- phore pedicels, to the internodes or to the stolon; obovate, with eight or nine strongly crested, transverse rugosities. PScandia expansa, new species Plate 20, Fig. 8 Trophosome.—Zooids growing singly from a creeping stolon. The hydrotheca does not vary much in size, just short of 1.0 mm. in length and 0.3 mm. in diameter, but the length of the pedicel varies from the same length as the hydrotheca to about one fourth of its length. The pedicel has a definite annulation at the base, and in most cases this is the only one; occasionally, there are one or two others near the middle. The surface of the hydrotheca is gently corrugated on the outside, but on the inside the ridges come to a sharp edge that is very evident on looking in from the margin. The margin is entire but flares distinctly. Gonosome.—Not observed. As there was no gonosome present it is not possible to tell whether this is Scandia or Hebella. The definite diaphragm ensures it a place in the Hebellidae. Genus EUCRYPTOLARIA, new genus Trophosome.—Stem and much of the branches consist of a central tube, giving rise to hydrothecae that are partly adnate, surrounded by a series of more slender peripheral tubes, not bearing hydrothecae, but bearing numerous nematophores. Gonosome.—Unknown. Eucryptolaria pinnata, new species Plate 20, Fig. 9 Trophosome.—Colonies up to 4 cm. in length, consisting of a central axis, with numerous short branches, pinnately arranged but subopposite in position. In the basal portion of the stem the hydrothecae come off in two rows, nearly in the same plane and there are several peripheral NO. 3 FRASER: HYDROIDS 141 tubes, with no very definite arrangement of the nematophores, although there is usually a nematophore near the base of each hydrotheca. On the distal portion of the stem and branches, there are still two rows of hydrothecae but they are not so nearly in the same plane; the peripheral tubes are much reduced in number. The nematophores show up very well here, at the base of the hydrothecae. The hydrothecae are small, nearly tubular but the tube is regularly curved so that the margin is parallel to the stem or branch, adnate for approximately half the length. Gonosome.—Not observed. Sertularella clausa (Allman) Plate 20, Fig. 10 Sertularia clausa ALLMAN, Challenger Hyd., Part II, 1888, p. 54. Sertularella clausa Nuttinc, Am. Hyd., Part II, 1904, p. 93. Trophosome.—Colony reaching a maximum height of 23 mm., slightly and irregularly branched; branches like a portion of the main stem, but they come off abruptly with a pronounced constriction at the origin. Sometimes the basal internode of the branch is slightly wavy in outline. The nodes are oblique and the internodes turn to the right and to the left alternately, making the branch slightly zigzag. One hydro- theca is given off from each internode, near its distal end. The hydro- theca is slightly curved, nearly tubular, but slightly tumid in the lower portion, approximately one-half free, surface smooth. Margin with four low teeth; operculum with four well-defined flaps. Gonosome.—(Not previously described.) Gonangium arises from the main stem or branch, with constricted base similar to that of the branch, and a very short, tapering pedicel; ovate, with a distinct neck and four low, blunt, irregular teeth on the margin; sometimes there is a tendency to corrugation in the distal third, the corrugations being low and rounded. Sertularella erecta, new species Plate 21, Fig. 11 Trophosome.—Stem simple, usually unbranched, rather rigid, aris- ing from a stolon to a height of 20 mm. Nodes scarce and irregularly placed, or absent. Hydrothecae appear in very regular alternation on the two sides of the stem, nearly one half of the adcauline side is adnate. The basal portion is slightly turgid, the distal portion is turned out- ward, nearly at right angles; the adcauline side of this portion is con- 142 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 cave, the abcauline, convex, so that the margin is nearly horizontal; margin with three teeth, the one on the adcauline side is low and biunt, the other two, sharper; operculum of three flaps. Gonosome.—Not observed. Note.—This species has a hydrotheca and a hydrothecal arrangement resembling that of S. guadrifida Hartlaub but the habitus is quite unlike that of this species. Aglaophenia prominens, new species Plate 21, Fig. 12 Trophosome.—Colony (terminal fragment 20 mm.) slender, with hydrocladia up to 2.5 mm. in length, and at the most ten hydrothecae. Nodes of the stem oblique but usually indistinct. Hydrocladia alternate, those of the two sides making an angle of approximately 120° with each other; nodes of the hydrocladia readily visible but not very pronounced. The hydrotheca occupies practically the whole length of the internode, but is attached for only approximately the basal third; the remainder stands out distinctly and the separation is greater just next to the attach- ment. There are no distinct transverse septal ridges but there is a pro- nounced ridge running up from the base, near the face, to mark off the mesial nematophore. There are nine teeth on the margin; the median tooth, not recurved, is very similar to the one on each side of it, each deeply cut and sharply pointed; there is a large rounded indentation between the first and second laterals, the second tooth being also rounded; the third and fourth pairs are also rounded, the third being less than the second and the fourth less than the third. The mesial nematophore is short, far from reaching to the margin of the hydrotheca and projecting but little; the supracalycine nematophores are short, scarcely reaching the margin. Gonosome.—The corbula is short and stout, with six pairs of leaves. There is one hydrotheca between the corbula and the base of the hydro- cladium. Plumularia micronema, new species Plate 21, Fig. 13 Trophosome.—Colony 35 mm., slender, unbranched or loosely and irregularly branched; stem divided into regular internodes by trans- verse nodes. Each internode bears a hydrocladium near the distal end, the hydrocladia alternating right and left in the same plane. The proxi- No. 3 FRASER: HYDROIDS 143 mal internode in the hydrocladium, which is short, with a transverse node proximally and an oblique node distally, does not bear a hydrotheca, but all the other internodes are thecate. The hydrotheca is placed near the distal end of the internode and often overtops it; it is almost as broad as it is deep. The nematophores are very small; there is none on the proximal internode of the hydrocladium, but there is a median on each of the others, and two supracalycine nematophores with each hydrotheca; they are so small that they do not reach nearly to the margin of the hydrotheca. There is a nematophore on each hydrocladial process of the stem. Gonosome.—Gonangia very small, nearly spherical, arising from the hydrocladial process of each internode for some considerable distance along the stem. Plumularia septata, new species Plate 21, Fig. 14 Trophosome.—Colony reaching a maximum height of 12 cm., much branched, the branches coming out from all sides of the stem, giving a loose, bottle brush effect ; the branches are more slender than the stem, usually less than 1.0 cm. long. The internodes of the stem and, even more so, the internodes of the branches are strongly septate; a septum near each end and one below the origin of the process from which the branch or the hydrocladium is given off. The hydrocladia approach a pinnate arrangement but as they come off the face of the stem, two in succession form an angle of less than 90°, and as sometimes they are nearly opposite, and at other times definitely alternate, there is not much regularity; they are short, never bearing more than three hydrothecae and more often two or even one. Nonthecate and thecate internodes alternate, the proximal being nonthecate. The nonthecate internode has a strong septum near each end; the thecate has a septum near the base, one between that and the base of the hydrotheca, and one at the base of the hydrotheca. There is a nematophore on the body of each internode on the stem and branch and one at the base of the hydrocladial process ; there is a median nematophore on each hydrocladial internode and two supracalycine nematophores with each hydrotheca. Gonosome.—The gonangia grow from the branches, one on each internode, the attachment being at the base of the hydrocladial process ; they are elongated oval, the distal end extending to form a bottle neck; the male is longer and more slender than the female. EXPLANATION OF PLATES All figures have a magnification of 20 diameters unless it is otherwise indicated. 148 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PLATE 19 Fig. 1. Perigonimus gracilis Portion of colony showing branching and hydranths. Fig. 2. Perigonimus robustus Portion of colony showing medusa-bud. Fig. 3. Hydractinia rugosa Portion of colony showing nutritive zooids, female generative zooids, and spines. Fig. 4. Clytia macrocarpa Colony showing mode of branching, hydrothecae and gonangium. Fig. 5. Lowvenella rugosa a. ‘Two hydrothecae. b. Gonangium. FRASER! HYDROIDS PL. 19 NO. 3 Dem ET! es S (Gace ella, “3 Wa 5 Stam eS oe sa ~> oO Ben S arene 150 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. + PLATE 20 Fig. 6. Halectum tenue a. Colony showing hydrophore arrangement and face view of gonangium. b. Side view of gonangium. Fig. 7. Ophiodissa alternata a. Portion of colony to show hydrophore arrangement and tentacular organs. b. Portion of colony showing gonangia. Fig. 8. Scandia expansa a, b, and c. Hydrothecae. Fig. 9. Eucryptolaria pinnata a. Portion of main stem. b. Portion of branch. Fig. 10. Sertularella clausa a. Portion of stem showing branching, hydrothecae 2 and gonangium. b. Portion of branch. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 11. WA, 13. 14. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS PEAR 21 Sertularella erecta VOL. 4+ Portion of stem showing arrangement of hydrothecae. Aglaophenia prominens a. Portion of hydrocladium showing hydrothecae. b. Portion of hydrocladium further enlarged (X40). c. Face view of hydrotheca (40). d. Corbula. Plumularia micronema a. Portion of stem with hydrocladia and hydrothecae. b. Two hydrothecae further enlarged (40). c. Portion of colony showing gonangia. Plumularia septata a. Portion of stem with hydrocladia and hydrothecae. b. Portion of colony with gonangia. 21 RE. FRASER? HYDROIDS - REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALA- PAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, AND IN 1938. DISTRIBUTION OF THE HYDROIDS IN THE COLLECTIONS OF THE ALLAN HANCOCK EXPEDITIONS By C. McLEAN FRASER THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 4, NUMBER 4 IssUED FEBRUARY 6, 1939 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS Los ANGELES, CALIFORNIA DISTRIBUTION OF THE HYDROIDS IN THE COLLECTIONS OF THE ALLAN HANCOCK EXPEDITIONS C. McLean FRASER Three papers on the Hancock hydroids have appeared, one on those collected in 1934, one on those in 1936 and 1937, and one on those in 1932, 1933, 1935, and 1938. In the first paper some attention was given to general distribution; in the other two little consideration was given to it, apart from the distribution records. Since several species are re- corded in these two papers that were not in the first one, it may be an opportune time to review the situation to date, in the area covered by the expeditions, viz., the east coast of the Pacific from the northern boundary of Mexico to the southern boundary of Peru, and the Oceanic islands related to this area. Before 1932, when the first Hancock hydroids were collected, very little was known of the hydroid fauna of this area. In 1891, the United States Fish Commission Steamer Albatross did some dredging off the Mexican and Central American coasts and S. F. Clarke recorded ten species from the material, all within one hundred miles of Panama, except one from the coast of Nicaragua. In 1904 and 1905, the Albatross did some dredging at widely distant stations in this general area and from the material Clarke recorded twelve species. —I'wo species were common to the two collections, so there were 20 recorded in all. These were: Eudendrium sp. Pennaria pacifica Clarke Campanularia obliqua Clarke Obelia castellata Clarke Obelia striata Clarke Obelia sp. Campanulina denticulata Clarke Halecium argenteum Clarke Halecium gracile Bale Acryptolaria conferta (Allman) Acryptolaria pulchella (Allman) Lafoea convallaria Allman Lafoea gracillima (Alder) Lictorella geniculata Clarke a a [ 155 ] =< Oe 156 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Sertularella tropica Hartlaub Thuiaria tubuliformis (Marktanner) Aglaophenia struthionides (Murray) Cladocarpus distomus Clarke Plumularia helleri Hincks Zygophylax chazaliei Versluys These all came from deep water; only two of the hauls were from a depth less than 300 fathoms and one of them was at a depth of 2,845 fathoms in 13° 11.6’ S. and 78° 18.3’ W. It is little wonder then that only four of these species, Acryptolaria pulchella, Halecium gracile, Thuiaria tubuliformis, and Aglaophenia struthionides, appeared in the Hancock collections, where nearly all of the material has been taken at less than 100 fathoms. Of the 20 species, two were described but not named, eight were described as new, one is confined to the tropical Pacific, six have been reported from the Atlantic, two from the northeast Pacific, and one from both the Atlantic and the Northeast Pacific. Nutting, in his monographs on American Hydroids, records two species from this area, Aglaophenia octocarpa Nutting, from Cape San Lucas, and Lytocarpus philippinus (Kirchenpauer), from Panama. He quotes Kirchenpauer who records Plumularia oligopyxis Kirchenpauer from the west coast of South America. This is so indefinite that it is impossible to say if it should be included in this area, and hence it is probably better to leave it out. In 1930, Anna B. Hastings recorded a new species, Zanclea protecta, from James Bay, Gorgona Island, and Taboga Island. ‘This has not been observed in the Hancock collections. There are 17 recorded species, therefore, that are not included in the Hancock list. These with the 213 in the list make a total of 230 from this area. A table (Table I), similar to that used in the first paper, will show the species distribution for all the Hancock material up to, and including, 1938. Table II gives the number of species in each family in each of the areas; Table III gives more detailed distribution of all of the species in the collection that have been recorded also in the Northeast Pacific; Table IV gives detailed distribution of all of the species found in the Atlantic as well, but not in the Northeast Pacific; Table V gives the detailed distribution of the species found in the vicinity of the Galapagos Islands. NO. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS 157 TABLE I Clava’ parviane ssa x Corydendrium flabellatum..... x ‘ubiclavajlaxasce. 2) <2.) x EMISENLAIS 2s. x Turritopsis nutricula.............. x x x x x Balea irresullaris2:......-....-. x Coryne? pusillass 2 x x TE DENS ee ee ae x Corynitis agassizii-.. x x x Eugemmaria dendritica.......... x Gemmaria costata...........-..------ x x gemmosa..........----- x x 5 Syncoryne flexibilis-................1 x x mirabilis. 22.5... x be x De Bimerial craciligve ss... 2... x x x Vamaeeret cs ee x pyomacal...2 20.2... x tenella x x vestita x x x x Bougainvillia crassa...........-.-4 x x Perigonimus gracilis............... x repens.....-. x x % x 5 x robustus x Eudendrium breve............------- aG eapillare: 2:2... x x x carneum..... x x X: % certicaule x UUM ces x x nodosumi......--.-. x ramosum........-.-- x x x x tenellum............. x x x x CONC: 25 oon x x X: x Hydractinia carolinae............- x x Gisymmctazecrscs x epispongia.......... x ancockte.- co 5 longispina........... x multispina.......... X polycarpa..........-. x quadrigemina.... x RU OS Ane eee es x Podocoryne reticulata............- x ; 158 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Species Pennaria tiarella_..................- x Cladocoryne pelagica............. x Tubularia sp. CROCE Aen e sea x interna eee multitentaculata... Bonneviella minot......-...--...-.-- Campanularia emarginata.... | F- flexuosa....-.-- e. x | Ds gracilicaulis... x | hincksi=... + | x? || x | x x urceolata......... | | xe I | oe | volubilis......... x x x | x Clytia fel iain x Xie | attenuata! Be) x | | x bakervces 2a ee x ze carinadentata...-....--.--- x coronata.= = | x x eylindriea! 8S x x Ds | x a ok edwardsi===. 2s x xare x | x fascicularis=——— x x IncONSpicUa 22 x x x | x inrepularis= = x | johnstonies:. 2 x x x | x kin¢ardt2.2 ee x x > ae x longicyatha= = x x x longitheea= x x | maerocarpa...- x | multidentata..........-.----- x | Tavidentatasa-. == x | x S< | x S€tiatame = oes x UDIVersitatis ==. x x | Eucopella caliculata................ x x x | x eyertarte 22.9 Fe x x xt TURIN OL hee ses x | Gonothyraea clarki................- xi | x x racist x x x | 2 x x Serraliga aes | x = # The detailed distribution of Campanularia flexuosa (Hincks) was inad- vertently omitted on page 27 of the 1934 paper. It was obtained at Santa Maria Bay in 10 fathoms. NO. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS 159 Species @belia’ alternata-<.....—..-...--... x antiCulataee -cccscececcccess x x commiussuralis::......2-.---4 x x x dichotoma...... x x x x x equilateralis Pemiculatalee screenees x x nya mae rence MICTOCHECA!=--.-cesc----.-e-. obtustdens::..02.00--.-.-... plicata (ES DUIS = oh x Silicularia pedunculata........... Campanulina forskalea........... TamMOSa ce x Cuspidella humilis.................. x Lovenella nodosa...............-..--- PLOW Chay este cose x UP OS Ae eae Endothecium reduplicatum..... Halecium articulosum.............. AoW al a now noK HW ta ta ta aww Ow ta ta tal mam Mw WM ORM OR corrugatum.............. x x fasciculatum........-... x flabellatum.............- PLAC Cre. ese ece ees alecimumy:-------.. x ATISOVETISS eee nae ea Parvuluim=:2-2-- regulare tenellum Hw wK mM AW OM OA “ ral 4 ral va) a4 tS) a Bo oi [=r Orsi hal % nw “Aw mM Om OR val negligens HHebellay calcarataees. .c-ece xe x Scandia corrugatas 2... x x expansa st. . x TMUeAD ITS ee x x K x Acryptolaria pulchella............ Eucryptolaria pinnata............. x == 160 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. + outh of | North of| North Species Div. A | Div. B | Div. C | Div. B | Div. C | Atlantic Eilellumijserpens..) x atoea dumosas eee x intermediass. Lictorella adhaerens................ cervicornis.............. x Synthecium gracile.................. x projectum=— BIST WM symmetricum a Abietinaria amphora.............. AN GUase expansatis 2.2 4 Mo OOO Diphasia paarmani................. Pasya quadridentata............... Sertularella ampullacea......... Clausa.. 3.2 conicaa seo. se x INCisanwn pedrensis............. Tug Osa) ee x tenella--22 os x turcidase ieee Sertulariayanceps 4.22 22! x x COrmicinas-21) 28s x desmoides............... x x es | = oS se] pp ° rf HMMM MMM MOM OOM OM x: Indyerie es ee x operculata- = x Stookey es Versluysicc 2 et Thuiaria simplex tubuliformis............ Aglaophenia diegensis............ x dubia 222308 inconspicua....... x latirostris:<.....— x longicarpa......... lophocarpa........ x No. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS 161 ; South of |North of| North Species Div. A | Div. B | Div. C | Div. B | Div. C | Atlantic x x symmetrica.......- Antennella avalonia................ x x compacta........-...-- OT ACHIG ee ace x Antennularia alternata........... x compacta........... irregularis........ x FEViEUSAs ctx <2: Septatd.... 21 tetraseriata....... x x Cladocarpus tortus..........-..------ x Diplocheilus allmani............... Hippurella longicarpa............. x x Lytocarpus philippinus........... Monostaechas quadridens....... x x Plumularia acutifrons............. a | -_ a jo™ iP HH MMM KM MOM 4 HM A OM A tal val al ta attenuata.............- biarmata corrugata defectas:..2=.25- delicatal..---.-- filicuilalce- =.= x floridana:=-...-- AN ELINAS! cota ee lagenifera magellanica......... margaretta........... x: x micronema........--- x propinqua............- x Septata = ..: x SetaCe@as sacs x sinuosa tenuissima...........- x Schizotricha tenella.............-.-. x Streptocaulus pulcherrimus p > oO = =) tse) ot 2 x x ns HMM we KM OM OW - “KM OW tal tal Ea wv mo OM 213 92 83 152 15 66 85 = ' 162 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 TABLE II eee Ge ee Clavyidage.: aad + 2 1 4 ‘idk Tubidendridae........ 1 1 1 Corynidae.— =. 8 3 5 2 4 1 1 5 Atractylidae............ 9 5 4 5 6 2 3 2 Eudendridae..........-- 9 3 6 5 5 3 6 Hydractinidae......... 10 9 3 4 4 1 Pennaridae.....--.------ 1 1 1 1 1 1 Cladocorynidae....... 1 1 1 1 Tubularidae..........-- 4 3 2 1 3 1 1 1 Bonneviellidae........ 1 1 1 | Campanularidae..... 43 15 ig 18 31 6 21 20 Campanulinidae..... 6 3 1 3 5 3 3 Halecidae see 21 9 6 7 16 1 7 7 Hebellidae.............-- + Pe 1 3 3 2 Lafoeidae.. =. il 3 6 i 3 1 3 2 Synthecidae............. 4 3 3 4 1 Sertularidae...........-- 29 8 13 14 24 2 10 14 Plumularidae.......... 50 22 21 14 39 1 12 18 23 94 92 83 152 15 66 85 NO. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS 163 TABLE III Species WLC |GofC| Mex | CA | Pan |\SPan| Oc | NA Turritopsis nutricula........... x x me Syncoryne mirabilis............. x Bumeriay craciisse—....2- x x x x tenella. x Perigonimus repens...........-.- x x x x Eudendrium capillare.......... x x ramosum......... x x x x x tenellum.......... * x x x x Pennaria tiarella.................. x x ae x Dubularra) croceas..2.-2-2... x x Campanularia hincksi......... x x x X urceolata...... x x volubilis....... x x Cly tra, attenuata... bakeries. >. cylindrica x x x x x ediwardsii sen essc ae x x ANCOMSPICU Aes. ceceenceenes x x johnstont..- 2-2: x x x kincardites en x x x x longithecal- 2. x raridentatal <4 -.:<:-..-:. x x universitatis.............-. x Eucopella caliculata............. x x Cverta ts x x Gonothyraea clarki_.............. x gracilis x x x x x Obelia commissuralis..........- x x x x dichotoma™.......-.-.-.- Se x x geniculata................. x x x J) CE x x x x Campanulina forskalea....... xe x Cuspidella humilis............. x x x Lovenella producta............... x x x Halecium articulosum.......... x x beanie x x x x x corrugatum.......... x halecinum............ x x x x parvulum............. x tenellum............... x x x x washingtoni......... x x x Filellum serpens................---. x x x x x x Wafoea, dumosalesi.--eene----cs x x 164 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Species Lictorella cervicornis........... Abietinaria amphora........... angeuiNae Sertularella conica.............-- fusiformis........ pedrensis.......... TUS OSAee ed Ki tenellase eee turgidas ==. x Sertularia desmoides............ furCatas-.e ee Aglaophenia diegensis......... inconspicua....,} x latirostris........ x lophocarpa..... octocarpa........ X struthionides... x Antennella avalonia............ | Diplocheilus allmani........... Plumularra alicia. corrugata.......... x lagenifera......... x Setaceahe = =: No. 4 Species Corynetpusillae i Corynitis agassizii................. Gemmaria costata.................. femmosa-.......-- Bimeriayvestitaz-22-—......-..<. Eudendrium carneum........... exiguum........... Hydractinia carolinae........... Cladocoryne pelagica...........] Campanularia flexuosa......... Clytiascoronatas 2. longieyatha:.=2...:---.- Obelia: articulata!..20. =... } oy eel bina ee See ee Halecium bermudense........... Laci em nee Hlebella calcarata:....-..... Scandia mutabilis.................. Synthecium gracile................ Diphasia paarmaniz............... Pasya quadridentata............- Sertularella formosa.............. Sertularia cornicina.............. (> OSA aero eee! Mayerle operculata..........-- stookeyi2-2. versluysi=--.--.4 Thuiaria tubuliformis.......... Antennella gracilis................ Hippurella longicarpa.......... Lytocarpus philippinus......... Monostaechas quadridens.... Plumularia alternata............ attenuata............ ligula ss floridana...........- INELMNS He margaretta......... Schizotricha tenella.............. Streptocaulus pulcherrimus.. 45 FRASER: HYDROIDS TABLE IV aA A WM Ow tal AR Kw a“ Aw WM eM Ow tal ral 20 165 A 25 166 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 TABLE V : & S S a Species Fe aS LY SR ee Wes ee es) a ees RS i, YRS) rey fee aS ie Turritopsis nutricula........... Da ie D am Balea\ irrecularisi22225.. 2 Coryne) repens= a Corynitis agassizii__............ x x Gemmaria gemmosa x x Syncoryne mirabilis.............. x x Bimeria’ g@racilis=22...-.... x x x x x Depo eqs a yates tenella ee x x Perigonimus repens..........-... x Se i iS< Deh Seam 5 < Eudendrium breve...........-..-- carneum........... x x certicaule......... ramosum.......... x x x x x x tenellum........... Xe x x x x tenuem 222. x x x x Hydractinia hancocki........... longispina........ multispina....... Pennaria ‘tiarella= x x Tubularia (croceas x x x integrase x Bonneviella minot..........-...-. Campanularia gracilicaulis hincksit.2 2 x xX x x X volubilis....... x x x Clytia acutidentata............... x x atten tawi ess eens x carinadentata............ eylindrica:2.-- x x x x x edwards ieee eee x x x x Kinard ieee ee eee x x x x Gonothyraea gracilis..........- 2 x x xe x x x Obelia ‘alternata]= articulata=— 2 x dichotoma=.-=-= x x x geniculatas-. 42s x x x plicatass-2 een x x x x x x tENUIS ee ie eal x XK Campanulina ramosa........... Halecium bean. x x x x x bermudense........... fasciculatum........ tenellums22 x x x x x TOMNUCsacceaen see washingtoni......... x x x No. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS 167 ‘ = R LS S a Spectes Sl eh Tee SM see BE Se ea safer Yh ees x RS) Rae | SS freee i Reet eee I Scandia mutabilis................. x x x x x x Acryptolaria pulchella._._.. Eucryptolaria pinnata.......... Filellum serpens.................... ee) xc 5 dame | is care a cll (es x | x Lafoea intermedia................ x Lictorella adhaerens............ cervicornis........... x Diphasia paarmani.............. x Pasya quadridentata............ x > ia x or Sertularella conica................ x x x x x ETCCtaeu ees fusiformis......... | x x TUS OS Ales x Ko (eo es tenellas x x x x x x Sertularia anceps.................. x x cOmicina....%..! x x x desmoides............ | x x x stookeyi.......-.--..<. x x x x vers] Uysitecscs x Thuiaria tubuliformis.......... x x x Xi x Aglaophenia diegensis......... x x x dubrass es x inconspicua.... x x Antennella avalonia............. See ex x x Hippurella longicarpa......... x Lytocarpus philippinus........ x x x x 5 dial fl 5. x Monostaechas quadridens... lh 3 x x De ill Ss x Plumularia alternata........... x x x x x x corrugata.......... x ae We 5c x delicata ss floridana........... x x x x INE TIMIS! 2 x lagenifera......... x x x x x x magellanica...... x Seltaceaz 28. x ok D.< x sinuosae ss)... x tenuissima......... x Streptocaulus pulcherrimus x 84 34 | 46 EXPLANATION OF HEADING ABBREVIATIONS Div. A—Oceanic islands; Div. B—Mainland coast south of Balboa; Div C— Mainland coast northwest of Balboa; C4—Central America, really confined to Costa Rica; Col—Colombia; Ec—Ecuador; GofC—Gulf of California; Mex— Mainland of Mexico; NA—North Atlantic; NMEP—Northeast Pacific; Oc— Oceanic; Pan—Panama; SPan—South of Panama; #”7LC—West coast of Lower California. 168 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Although the list of species in the region under consideration is very far from being complete, especially as most of the material was taken from the shallow water not very far from shore, it is quite possible that these species may be quite representative, because the stations for col- lecting were selected with considerable care, at not too distant intervals. The most noticeable gap is that between Costa Rica and Mexico on the Central American coast. Although this is so, the region is so large and the spots touched so almost insignificantly small that the distribution records are necessarily very much scattered; thus it is not possible to draw general conclusions as to distribution routes with any degree of satisfaction. The series of five distribution tables supports and empha- sizes this statement, but still the tables are of interest because they show the trends in many of the species, genera, and even in some of the families. It is scarcely worth-while to remark on these trends in detail. A few instances will suffice to indicate their nature. Of the 213 species listed in Table I, 94 species have been described as new, 119 were previously recorded. Much the greater number, 152, was obtained from Division C, 71% of the total number, with the other two divisions more nearly equal; Division A with 92, 43%, and Di- vision B with 83, 39%. Of the total number 30 were found in each of the three divisions. Besides these, 23 were common to Divisions A and C, 27 to B and C, but only 4 to A and B. Since the number common to A and B, not found in C, is almost negligible, it is reasonable to suppose that Division A has received the 30 species common to the three divisions through Division C rather than through Division B. Of the species listed, only 15 have been reported south of Peru, and all but three of these have also been reported from the Northeast Pacific, the North Atlantic, or both. It would seem that there is quite an effective barrier to hydroid distribution where the Humboldt Current leaves the South American coast to pass westward into the Pacific. There is no indication of any similar barrier north of the equator. Of the 66 species in the list (55% of the 119 species previously re- ported) also recorded from the Northeast Pacific, 36 appeared in Division A and 61 in Divisions B and C. Of the latter, 12 were re- stricted to the west coast of Lower California, 10 others reached the Gulf of California, 7 to the mainland of Mexico, 1 to Costa Rica, 8 to Panama, and 23 were obtained farther south, in Division B. The detailed distribution is shown in Table III. NO. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS 169 When the Caribbean Sea was wide open to the Pacific, before the Panama land connection appeared, the hydroid fauna of the West Indian region must have been much similar to that of the contiguous part of the Pacific since 85 species (out of 119, 71%) in this list have been reported in the North Atlantic, mostly from the West Indian region, or along the course of the Gulf Stream. These must all be old established species. The Northeast Pacific, with all the ages since the land connection was made, to the good, has much fewer species in com- mon with the eastern tropical Pacific. As 40 species are common to the Northeast Pacific and to the North Atlantic, there are still 45 species from the North Atlantic that have not yet been reported from the Northeast Pacific. Table IV gives the more detailed description of these 45 species. The proportions are much as one should expect from an examination of the other tables. Table V shows detailed distribution of the hydroids obtained in the vicinity of the Galapagos Islands. Of the 84 species obtained, 17, mostly new, were not found in Division B or Division C, leaving 67 species that were recorded elsewhere, 32 in Division B and 49 in Division C. Of the 32 species in common with Division B, only two have not been reported from Division C, the Northeast Pacific or the North Atlantic. This bears out the previous statement that the additions to the Gala- pagos fauna, as far as hydroids are concerned, herein listed, reached that region through Division C and not to any extent through Division B. Of the 34 species reported also in the Northeast Pacific and 46 also in the North Atlantic, 25 species are common to both. Only five species have been reported from the Pacific south of Peru, and only one of these has not been reported elsewhere. There is a closer relationship between the Galapagos region and Hawaii than between this region and Chili. In the not very extensive collection reported upon by Nutting from the Hawaiian Islands seven species were included that have now been obtained from the Galapagos Islands. Three of these, Acryptolaria pulchella (Allman), Lictorella cervicornis Nutting, and Plumularia delicata Nutting, may be considered to be definitely oceanic. Table II shows the species distribution in the families (18) repre- sented in the collection. In nearly all cases, these families were well dis- tributed throughout the three divisions, and with the exception of two families, each represented by only one species, new species developed during this extension of distribution. 170 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Conditions everywhere seem to have provided opportunities for variation in the Family Hydractinidae (mainly in the genus Hydrac- tinia), where nine species out of ten in the family are described as new; and these new species are equally distributed among the three divisions. The Clavidae, the Tubularidae, and the Synthecidae, with smaller num- bers of species, show much the same situation, except that the Syn- thecidae species were restricted to Divisions B and C. The Lafoeidae is rather partial to the Galapagos region, particularly to the small area near North and South Seymour, Daphne Major and Minor islands, where conditions evidently favored variation in this family. Of the larger families, the Plumularidae has the largest represen- tation as well as the largest number of new species, relatively and abso- lutely. The most prolific small area, especially for the genera Aglao- phenia and Antennularia, is the Gulf of California. Not very far behind is the Family Campanularidae, the only large family that has a greater number of species in common with the Northeast Pacific than with the North Atlantic. The Sertularidae and the Halecidae have not developed so many new species. The Sertularidae, which is so well represented in the Northeast Pacific, is saved from near elimination by the numerous species of Sertularella and Sertularia. In the case of most of the species previously recorded, the records are sufficient to mark out quite well the distribution route, but there are some notable exceptions to this. For example, Streptocaulus pulcherrimus Allman was originally reported from Cape de Verde Islands, and not reported again until several specimens were obtained from the vicinity of Hood and Barrington islands in the Galapagos. Endothecium redupli- catum Fraser, reported previously only from Sagami Bay, Japan, when it was first described, was obtained from Bahia Honda and White Friars. These are not the only species, however, found in common with the Gulf Stream area or Equatorial Current, on the one hand, and in Japanese waters, on the other. INDEX Nos. 1, 2; 35 4 VOLUME 4 No. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS 173 INDEX TO SPECIES In papers 1, 2, 3, 4, Volume 4 Note.—Distribution tables are not indexed. Species Page Plate Albretimarial amp hora c.2--c-2cceccc o-oo eee eee ce 134, 136 rCY° bE: Sa eer RE) On SP ee 110 C=. 010 Sf IE aa aa eR 110, 112 16 ACU PLOIALIA CONtentas .xcced fest kph Sees 155 PaucRe ae on eit 134, 136, 155, 156, 169 Aclaopnenta) diegensis:.... 2.0002 56,111 “TKDE Ee aR a2 a er 135, 136 CONS ICU aes oe ee ee eee 56 latinos tris er Vie ee 111 longicanp ait. nec Nee tee yee ee ie Mail 2 5113'5 16 lophocarpa Ae We 111 OCLOC ATP aise cae ee eee eee 111, 156 PUNO MINS2 oe ee ee 1d, 113 16 PDE COIS aires eee ee ree eee 57 13 Prominenss. | het eco 135, 142 Zi | DENG] OF 00 (HE: Miee ttt ed ca ane ee 111, 114 16 ie eee RR, ae RO 517, 1:3)5 Rinvithionides!. 00 Ace aie! 111,135, 156 Syme tri Gaieee ener ee 111, 114 17 Antennella javalonia.s......-2-.c2 se LY py alijs) COMP a Claes aes rae ote oes eee co tesevene eee Sy dete 13 Sracilige se .sens 4 oo ace 58, 135 mAmtennularia altermata-\..) 5 es ee 58 13 COMP acta a: heise ese eae stated tee. aba a alg 17 HIRE CU ai Sheee ws See es ee Se pala tie ale iss 13 ERENCE) oe a see een ee ee Hes OES) 17 SCP tata sccctacecsc sient reste ct sal eee eetesocneese 111, 116 18 Cetnaseriat aie cence ee ee SOV dat 116; 135 14, 18 ISS ST Aref Hc Cp oe ae eee 6m 13 1 ishoraoe agree ee ee ee eee 16, 109, 131 [cael ise oa eee le AE eh Re a 16 2 DY SU ae che wee Ti che Oe ee eee 16 Z {ih oY) | fe heal SEE ae Ai, aR eM ERS 16, 109 VES ti Geena nis tues a Re AD te 8) eS LENS Bommeviella sna Ores cee a ce cee sees sce ecasecereteneenceecees 27 i) OU Carnival lnawena SS eles eee eee ere 175, 131 3 Campanulariagemarounat aan. see eee eae 27, 109 7 I UCSD: UCC fs Bea ae i rn ER ee 8, 158 ETAGCUI TGA L1G cere acces eee secre 27 7 ATIC Kg ie ec ene 28, 109, 132 | oF 0: eee ee ree ere 155 ee KSsICA> / — 5 14 Oe o> y [PO [yP - 7 need | ; 174 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Species Page Plate Campanularia \urceolata. 28, 109, 132 Volubrlisn ron ier note ene ee 28 Campanulinay denticulata.@-- 155 forsicalea.t24 2.22. Me ee es 109 PATIOS eee see eee He 39 9 Cladocarpus distomus 2 ...0.2...02.. 2 156 COT EUG ce RR See 60 14 Cladocoryne pelagiea: 2... Fe ns 25 Clava parva, Meh be pio eA eRe eS 11 1 Clytia Acwtidentata: 02.2 I ih ee ee 28, 109 if QUEUE Ua alae oe at Se Se ho ec awesaecc one 29 Balkcerse: sete. ety cite So ale a hh 132, 136 Carinad@entata:.202-0 22 tee 29 7 COnOMabat tes nO Se A Be eA ae ce 30, 132 Cohid 6 a1 0 by (of: HERann ee nett ree ee ee OR 30, 132 ed wardonice2 iol eR IE yee 30, 109 fascicuiaris. 1.7 MOR eke eg 30, 132 7 WPMD UCU Sass aka oe hence ceca 31 AERO QUA TIS 2c te te RE othe 2 31, 109, 132 8 NG@WMSton i! et )e. oe. Ran A Ee te 32 |Sehb oY oe 10 Vee cme Reb 2 Hy Se Sed 32, 109 lon@icyath a: See eee 2 Be ar 32 longitheca's. 2050 Rohe ER ee 32 IMA CTOCAL PAs soe socees anc es eee eset ates 132, 138 19 MiUMlerden ta tals eess cen cetera ee 32 8 Patid eritatal SM.) ewe ee ace 33 8 SC RU atone eo eet oe, Ae eee Min ne) Nate 33, 132 8 UNEVCrsitati sic. fee soe eee eee 109, 132 Corydendrium: flabellatum....£23.08 2) il 1 Corynetpusill ia: sae tee Oe Be ee 14 1 15) 0 5) 0k eR EN 2 ne 13 Conynitis acassiziies toed oo eee ole eee 13 GCuspidelila humilis. 20 eo ae ee 40 Diphasiapaanmante ote ee eae eee 50 Wiplochedllusiallnaaniie eee ceee eee 60 Endothecium reduplicatum......:...5—...........- 41, 170 Eucopella icalteulata.\ 210... Ween, 132, 136 EVR GasS sk ee ee a th 34, 132 14 141 10) eanteastee age nae. | Moses Ue haa 34 8 Eueryptolaria’ pinnatas20.. Se) ee es 134, 140 20 Budendrnumy breviessec see eee ee 18 3 capillates.-... Re Pe tee 18 Carneumi oe eee 19 Certicaule: 22e Mes te cae 19 3 XT OU eee eee ee 19 No. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS Species Page Bud en@rram nod os un... onsets nascent 19 SCREW GOXOIS LUD 08 ee en ee 20, 109 SS [sees ene c ne cn ewace cane teen oeencmseatesceeteet 155 emer es ee es 20, 109, 132 ROUMUY Gite So sates ona eeccteee ce ceea ce soetestutceses: 20, 109, 132 Buremmaria dendritica:.---.-.-2 2. hee 14 Birlelhamiits expen sis aes ee ncreceel 47, 110, 134 Gemmiaria) costatass = eee ecencceee 15 CTI OS Bate ete een se ees rae cette eee 15 Gonothyraecaticlarkiis ee eee 34 mel CULT geese eee cere ease cee ee eeescoene 35, 109, 132 Seta 1S eee eee ee 35, 133 PLalecmiml argente wis. .c: see ccna 2 eee receceeeneree, 155 AMEN GUL OS UT ee ese ees 41 I carn We eee ee ee ee 41, 110, 133 bermudensetts sone ee 41 Coa) gl gL 8 here Df ¢ 0 eee ae ee ee SE EE 41 PASCICUL atts eesers eee ee ee 42 flatbve lil artrntri ese snes ete cne seen 42 Sractl em ae ee ee 42, 110, 155, 156 | OWN SLC a 0a Deepen ea ee Bee see 42, 133 TVS OMG Tn See sree eee a ieee eae 43, 133 5221 GY 60 eae a Ee eee 43, 110, 133 pet ravn enn een ee ae aes 110 TE DUT AN ete eee ese geet 43, 133 temmel errr tsetse oe cee eee 44,110, 133 10) 0 (a 1335139 10) 00 08 Vea et 44, 133 SU (cl eR S eee eae cee sce scene enasasnaaccessereeeeecr! 44 NAPE RUODU OYE (0) 0 eee oe ee pe ere 45, 133 Etebellaycalcarcataren secs enter ne es 46, 110 Happurella longicarp a. oe nc sees ccctemece 135, 136 Piydractiita; CarouM ae ee oe nine sete tac 21 Miswumeta. +. Pee 21 Ch ON CS 01 0) 8 a) ee 21 } RET C0 tLe oe 22 1 Koy nay bs) op 0: eee ae ee 22, 132 PUVA LHS POU Ae oe 2 ee set aco cs ned anewe 23, 132 Poliyeanp ans eee aera 23 @uadrigemina: <2 so ccccateenctesee 24 FEUER OF ae EE 1325 137) Weatoea Convralll a riier eee neces teen aeeeaceceeeeeeeare 1155 CUumnOS ae SERS ee ee 110 fee tor | | ia: Bere eee ee 155 TVET TY © CLA see eae a 47, 134 onNnP HHP HP PS — 176 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS Species Page leictorellaiadhaerens!2- ee 48 CELVECORRIS! cs. Sais aie eric 48, 134, 169 TUL CON Gey eM era 155 TLov.enella nod os aio eek Sei ha) ate koa 40, 133 Prod tetas | SA we eek eh ee eas 40, 109 PUP OS Bese ae he El hes alte 133, 138 Ieytocarpus)philippinus222) Soa ee eee GTA, ASS 56 Mionostaechas quadridens=!..2 2s 61, 111, 135 @belravialternmatals: 22ers okey oh aeeels elas 35 articulataee. dic iain mete else on dey 36 Castella tele. s sien Wee ee el 3 eA ooa 155 COMMissuralis es eee Be eee 36, 133 GIGhOCOI aes eee SU he ae 36, 133 Equilateralis: oun oe aN ee oe 36 Genicwlatarc:.<se eee a ee he 37,1183 yall iy tesco ev eM hb oe aed B7pSsS miicrothe cain tej pae ead saa eae 37, 133 Ob tursicl ems eeey. Sle RM ee ber he 38 Peat ee a en de ee al a Bie et 38, 109 SPD occa eh a Mie ie oe a a he 155 SE eat eae ete sn ars RR AI Dye aren ln 155 (We) 0) Wena RP eae SLBA baa 38, 133 Ophiodissa alternatal.2 2) Be es 133, 139 | cee RSTn RE oe, SOU a NaN Ne IE 45, 133 Meg] PEM Siy4: ee ee ae eee 46 Pasyanquadridentatas sss ees. Bee en 50, 110, 134 IPennanla ep acids Ss a ed ee ae 155 Genre Patel oe a te BA hs a ak 25,132 Perieonimius se raci lis ys oee yi Bane eee ee 13 A613 7) TEP C11 Seen es ae 17, 131 MO DUIS GU See oes 2 ees AUS 377, Plumulaniavacutisroms oe eee ee 61 Itoh kc oe eon eM RR LORE EM NNN ONT 62 AGG rW A Gas tie i it Tt 62, 135 attenuata: 111 bia ata ie be ibe a tie ati 2 63 COPrupat als i ea eee 63, 111, 136 defectars 2 iis Ne Bie 63 elie tase ee eee 64, 169 Dr Cele): ME MnBMe Sere gL Se eet 64 floridanvaGs ie ied ee eee 64 Fre le rat ie Se Oh on ee 156 ANLOTIMIGS eet Shine Reale eke 64 lapeniferascn2 18 she woe ane 65, 111, 136 mavellanica::- ee ae 65, 136 19 14 15 15 No. 4 FRASER: HYDROIDS 177 Spectes Page Plate Blumulariamargarettas 2 es 66, 136 AMG HOM C11 ote css. cee ess ceo es enact e esse sem. 136, 142 21 QUIS OP yi e as e ese Se 156 [> 7o) 2) 0.0 |: ana RSS 2 a 66, 136 15 19) 0): |: 136, 143 21 SOLACE Bec sc5. 2.5.25 ete sake ere on cast 66, 111, 136 STENUOS ae eens ede ee 67, 136 15 tenuissimat ees Cele 111, 117;,.136 18 Rodoconynesmneticulata soe eee tee eee 24 5 Scandia) cornig ata: 2 <2 Se ccc te ee cates 46, 110, 133 11 (SB: ] OE 0 a nee 133, 140 20 FOAL OEE Dy SS eo eo or eed er eee 47, 110, 133 Sehizotricha) tenellaiz.--..2-2-2 Paes 67 Sertularellaeamnpulllace assess cee nace eee ences 51, 110, 134 12 (een s cea ee ere eee eee 134, 136, 141 20 CONT Cae eee ees. Sere eh te seen 51, 134 CheC tat an ees ee tes cecer eee 134, 141 21 (S51) FS oe ep a RE © Al ual eoeee ene 51 12 IOV 000 (he Lae ae eae ee cee 52, 134 AUSIEORIM IS 222 -te seer ioe 52 TNC LS eae eee Ek ec rege 52 12 POC eT S182. een i poset 110 PUTS OS a otecs: sccese-cccects teeta ook eacncecoaseans 52, 134 tere catia a ee ce a cee 53, 134 (0) 0) (fee ene nee 156 TOD 29 (0 OA een ae ap ener EE 53 Sertullanta cance psi. s- te See es ee 53, 135 13 COLIICIIN Deen ee eee 54, 110, 135 Gesmoid esi 22. 2k. ee 54, 110 iapan sie Cis ee Ee oS 54, 135 13 (50 2g FV ee ae ee ee een 54, 135 Eat Gel tea ee ee a oo EL a 55, 110, 135 INAV CRU se ee ee Es eee 5S CO) ofS ROLY EW Lae er en 135, 136 F070) Cog De ee 55,135 SVC ES UV S Teste oes es eee oe savas ecabtoesencs 55 Silicularia pedunculata. 2.22... Soee recs 39 Streptocaulus pulcherrimus._....-——_.---.--22<0—= 67, 136, 170 Symcorynle Hexihts! cz cocectecneen 15 2 TU DN 1 eee en eae 15 Sim CNS ITT ACIS ec oa eS esac 49, 134 PURGT CCE NITES 50.22 5-5 ates as eects 49, 134 11 refer (a rr eae ee ee a 49 11 Sy IM WICtCIC UM a 50, 134 12 blue Sipe mess se ees 55, 135 13 178 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Species Page Plate sphurariavtubulitorniiss 2s eee eo eee ee -56, 135, 156 Whtubiclaya axa sr ee ee ee 12 triserialis.e2.. 23. VANE 12 1 ANubwlariavieroce deci. 8 ee ey ie eee 26 HONG a so sa AN Es Ie 26 5 multitentaculataees ee. ees 26 6 SP a oan A ok Sate 25 Wurritopsis mutriculas eet ee 12513 Zancleal yprotectarc. ste wa Ea a 15, 156 Tb ex oy oy niyi) Kalo-0\ (6) set fall (Syl Scene Uni doeinace eee EE 156 ERRATA In Volume 4, Number 1: the explanation of Plate 6, Figure 25 should read: ‘ubularia multitentaculata. In Volume 4, Number 2: Plate 16, Plate 17, and Plate 18 were omitted from the title. In Volume 4, Number 3: Plate 19, Plate 20, and Plate 21 were omitted from the title. REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALAPAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, IN 1938, IN 1939, IN 1940, AND IN 1941, HYDROITDS OF THE ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS SINCE MARCH 1938 (PLATES 22-48) By C. McLEAN FRASER Tue UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 4, NUMBER 5 IssUED APRIL 21, 1948 Price $2.50 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS Los ANGELES 7, CALIFORNIA HYDROIDS OF THE ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS SINCE MARCH, 1938 C. McLEAN FRASER INTRODUCTION In previous papers (numbers 1-4 in volume 4 of the Allan Hancock Publications), all of the hydroids obtained in the Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions up to the end of March, 1938, that were readily available, were considered. After that date there was continued activity in collecting from the Velero III until the ship was taken over by the Navy in the autumn of 1941. These activities were confined largely to the waters of Southern California, the west coast of Lower California and the Gulf of California. There was one longer trip in 1939, when the Velero III was taken to Balboa, through the Panama Canal and eastward in the Caribbean Sea as far as Trinidad (The Caribbean hydroids have been written up in a separate paper). Since the Velero III was taken over, collecting has not been very extensive. There has been occasional local collecting, and in July and August, 1942, the Coos Bay region of the Oregon coast was investigated to some extent. This collecting, and par- ticularly that carried out from the Velero III has been very fruitful. If the other marine animal groups are as well represented as the hydroids are, the collections will form the basis for research for many a day. The hydroids, recognized as such, that were set aside at the time of collecting, made an extensive collection of themselves, but this has been greatly increased through the efforts of Dr. Irene McCulloch, and of others working under her direction. A search for additional hydroids was made throughout the general, marine collections, with notable success. Accordingly, when the whole of the Hancock collection of hydroids, not previously examined, was presented for examination, the amount of the material was somewhat staggering. However, in time it was all examined, and this paper has been prepared to report on the results. In covering this hydroid material, 2,250 separate identifications were necessary. Eliminating the distribution duplicates, over 1,500 additional distribution records were provided, enough to change the whole face of distribution problems in the Eastern Pacific. The finding of new species is always of considerable interest, of course, but here the importance of such somewhat sinks into insignificance, when compared with the value [179 ] 180 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 of the additional distribution data. So many species, described previously from only one location, and hence of which practically nothing could be learned as to their distribution, have appeared again in this collection, some of them many times, and in so many species, the known distribution range has been much extended, or gaps have been filled, so that the clarity of the distribution picture has been sensibly increased. In spite of all these additional records, there are still 47 species with but one distribution record each. Hence although the distribution picture is much clearer than previously, much more collecting must be done before it is anywhere near being wholly satisfactory. In this collection, 274 species were identified, as compared with 212 in previous Hancock collections; 142 species were common to both lots, little more than half the number in this recent collection. At present, therefore, 344 species of hydroids have been identified from the Hancock Pacific collections. Of the 37 species reported from the Hancock collec- tion in the Caribbean Sea, 23 have appeared in the Eastern Pacific as well. The 14 not reported from the Eastern Pacific, added to the 344 species from the Eastern Pacific, give a total of 358 species thus far identified in the Hancock collections. Now, 464 species of hydroids have been reported from the Eastern Pacific from Peru northward as compared with 435 from the northwest Atlantic. (To this number should be added another species, Cordylophora lacustris Allman, not before this reported from the Eastern Pacific area. Some excellent specimens were collected early in this year, 1946, by Dr. Robert C. Miller, California Academy of Sciences, in Lake Merced, Oakland, California. This increases the number to 465.) ‘The paper is prepared on the same general plan as paper No. 1, with the same treatment of synonymy, etc. In the matter of illustrations, natural size figures of new species have been included as they have been for all species in the Pacific and Atlantic hydroid papers, since system- atists in general seem to find such illustrations useful in diagnosis. The enlarged drawings, unless otherwise indicated, have the same magnifica- tion, 20 diameters, so that they can readily be compared with previous illustrations. So little literature has been cited that is not included in earlier citations, especially in paper No. 1, that it is not worth while to include a complete bibliographic list for this paper. As previously, I must pay tribute to the University of Southern California, to Captain Allan Hancock, as Captain of the Velero III, with the various scientists aboard, who have assisted in getting collections together, to all the officers and men of the ship’s company at various ¢ No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 181 times, to Dr. Allan Hancock, as Director of the Allan Hancock Founda- tion, to Dr. Irene McCulloch, who has done so much to get the hydroid collection together, and to other members of the Foundation staff, who have contributed to the venture. I am under continued obligation to the University of British Columbia for providing accommodation and the necessary facilities for carrying on such research. Happily, this introduc- tion provides a good opportunity to recognize and acknowledge all such obligations. DIsTRIBUTION Of the 274 species in this latest collection, 50 are described as new, and in 4 other species, the gonosome has been described for the first time. Since the collection has covered little new ground, it seems to be more useful to make some general observations on the whole Eastern Pacific Hancock collection rather than to confine them to this recent collection. To consider in detail the distribution data of each of the 274 species would be a big task in itself, and the results obtained would be quite outside the scope of this paper. In a paper on Distribution and Relation- ship in American Hydroids, just published by the University of Toronto Press, 29 families, 108 genera, and 685 species of American hydroids were written up comparatively as to distribution and relationship, and an at- tempt at correlation between these was made when such was possible. These 1,500 additional records change the situation very materially, especially in the region between Point Conception and Cape San Lucas. If these additional records are considered in detail, the results should be presented as an addendum to the distribution volume, but should be asso- ciated with the five papers on the Hancock hydroids of the Eastern Pacific and the single paper on the Caribbean hydroids. In considering the distribution of all of the 344 species of Hancock hydroids from the Eastern Pacific, it seems advisable to present a distri- bution table in which, because of the great increase of distribution records, it is possible to divide the Eastern Pacific into smaller sections, 11 of them, to give a more detailed picture of the whole distribution. These sec- tions are: the oceanic islands (OC), Peru, Ecuador (Ec), Colombia (Col), Panama (Pan), Central America (CA), Mexico (Mex), Gulf of California (G of C), west coast of Lower California (WLC), south- ern California, extending from the southern boundary to Point Concep- tion (SC), and the remainder of the northeast Pacific (NEP). A twelfth column is added to show the species that are found as well in the northwestern Atlantic (NWA). 182 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Table I Distribution Species = 8 = = S ay N Si eS Ley ese es a ee GS & Om SS nO iS Se See Gilaivalap atv aie ee eee Xx Corydendrium flabellatum.................. xX x fruitl COSUM ses x x x fbubiclavay laxa:.- 02 x xX triserialis=. ee ----e x xX ‘urritopsis: nutriculas.c x Xx Mo ex EX x x Baleasirregulanisecs sere eee x Coryne (cornugatas X pusilla ee ee ees x TE DEN Sees sen ete eS xX Cony mitis) agassyz iiss eer eee x x x Eugemmaria dendritica.................-----. x Synconynentexibilisses eres x x x mina bilisee =e x > a> comb. ¢ ZancleanCOstata see een ee xX x PENUNOS Ais ee reece x X x Bimeriasfranciscam aes cee orc rcce ae Kok Sraciliss sok eas x XG EX ae ae eee a laxay eee x PUSH) ae ae ee cccnnes Xe ox Pyamaea ee ee eee x TODUS tae ees eee ee Gil biel 75'¢ erve | eptee ee cee x D Shalt er Why anes < WieStita este tas see xe oe ne eo x X X x Bougainvillia) crassas2)..e---- = x x xX xX x glorietta se ease cec Xue ex Garverayanmil ates sere ere crease x x FOTINOS deseo eee ee X, ox hex eroenlandica ss ee Xe XS Perigonimusigraciligues. ss x TePpens....-.......-----.----------+- x PW eS SD RK KC Ky ees TODUStUS eee X ae SERDeN Shee ares x °x Kudendrium’album=s. x x attenuatums 2S) XOX ak x brevier ee ee x xX californicum =. x x capillare== X X Sel ON FENCE Carneum See xX XOX Ke certicaule xX cochleatum!==2-2=-sse-=s: See Se X ata exit UUme ee 5 Se x No. 5 Species oc eEXimMilmM se MOG OS tee eee SPO UD t ee rerere RAMOS Useseee eee x ttene) lurniseeeese cere eee x Hydractimia, armata—2--.....-.....-...-- CAOlIM AC reese eens CIS} UN Ctame ee epispon dias. hancockte esses X ROMS PUM Ameo coo ones milleri.......... multispina DOLYCALp a aecerecsereeeeseces PION GCA ese een eesss quadrigemina................- TU SOSae ee eee ae Podocoryne reticulata Pennariactiarelll ace ee seeetccne sn x Cladocoryne pelagica:...................--. x Betopleuraymedia® =... 2. xX smubUlariad CLOCC Asse cree eonee x AN tes Tater ee ree, x Bonneviella minor Campanularia altitheca Castel llatascseee---oe= denticulata-.--—----- GUViETS Be eect emarginata.--_-..-. eraciicaulise 2-1... Xx Ihinckgiee ssa xX integra)... obliqua ota) pf ae nee eee TCE Ol i taeeeseerte ee eeeece LAO KEL oy bere x €lytia acutidentata—.______.__________ x Atte na tance eres Xx Peru FRASER: HYDROIDS 1o) oe ax dtig & Ry tS) Re Ole OS oe Os x . ex x me EX ake exes >: x ke eee ke ook xx x. OX ox ex x x x. x xX x x x x x >.§ x x x x x x xx x x x x ee ox x xk x xox oe aos oe es x x x oe ox x x x 2 Xe > ee 2 x x : aes > oye < x mx > a> < x x eX 184 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 oS Species & iS ee rete Se SS S G a N ree TC ena ee PRON Ra Oe EL Cire Re een Carmmadentataircs eee x COLOMA tate ete sees Oe eee X xX X eylundni Cabs eee se Se OK SK x 5 Cae. Gale. Ga eyo.< Gian stewie wee cee eee Xx Ee SS Xe EX Seem eee ne aR re xX fascicularis Xo kee Xa KS xX hesperia......... ee Sener ee x die S.¢ SDD OKO) ONS) OPUS UE ee eee el Sep xX pe Coe 15K romitekeq lire pee oe ee x x x jOhistoni een eee ee X x Xe eX kincaidi XG SK Xe xe longicyatha aXe nEX: x: XG ek aX: longeathecae ee ee ee x ey Bie OK ANVACTOC ANP aac xX TAVITA Ged see ec sae a ee x ot) oe multidentatasss 2 eee x MLO Lif TT 1S see eee x X Tanldentatan css eee x x x x x x SCV Ga este Bocce aceon x x UMIViersitatisne ee ee Xo Xe xX ox ox ex Hucopellatcaliculata =... x x x (COMPTESS Aes eres ye | Dee ede COVEN Cae ease sane xX Xe exe TUDE © eee ee es oe ee x x Gonothyraeavclarki.2 x x x Sracwlts. oe nesses cotense. Ky UK Xe ac aac Ting ex eee INOLM Atay eee xX Sentaligh- sete ens = x Sorat age ee @beliaalternata= se x ATCC lta taeesree ee arate eee x xX bisertalists ee eee x Castellatatere cies ie eee ee x COMMISSUTalisee= eee ye ee OK Se 8 OR 8% COTOM A Sheena ne xox ich otonnia ee sec see eee x x x X Xi OXGeex Gubias a8. ee ees xX equilateralis= = ee x x @emicuiiatae: nese k ees eters sx X Xe Xe Ex Tea Cree ee cae Sones ee x x x Orth ee eee x x nya) ae eee x KAS aN xX LOTUS ITY ae eee ee eeeeeee x ee (Sd 5% ANI CTOtNe Cae eceee a - ees x x Xx Obtusidens.2 eee x x No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 185 SG ~ Species o ose & S ~~ a oS Se Ww OR Oe, SS ees Plicata—..._..--------nseenneseneeenn-eeo X xe MOK ik Ke CHI OU wh ee ox: EQUUS Sees e enc soeree ene ea, x x xX Silicularia pedunculata xX @alycellatsyrin game eres Xe ok x Campanulina forskalea.....___......... x x AN Cys ae x PATNOS Qe ee x rugosa x @uspidella-prandis:.. 2.2 s2e xX x x un gee eee ee ee xX KX xX: <a Eemundella gracilis... 22. x x xX POlyMeM a eerste xX Heovenellay nod Osae sists ceeceee cases x x x x producta: e255. x x xx. & TULOS2_.....-------2---20----2------=<-=-- KX > 4 Stegopoma fastigiata...................--.-----. x x Thyroscyphus intermedius..............-.- x x x Campalecium medusiferum...............- xX Endothecium paucinodum............---..-- x x reduplicatum..........-..---- x x Halecium’ annuliatum........-.........-...---- x x ATCICUIOSUMecce--cecceeeeneee X XX. KX beanies ees eae x x x eK | EXCaNEENCN XS MEX bermudense2 Xx x x cornicatumi a a ee De De OM Ca [OX] 1 0 eee tne ee ep x x x1 UUM scenes x fasciculatum D6 flabellatum= tte xX flexiller.2 2 ee ee Sg xX x sxc ra eens xX x TACT Cxereeetecre ees eX, Xe eX x halecinum x xX x xX Xo-x INSOLE Soe eee ee x x x Ko fori a ts Soe x x abroswmessee esses XK KE WX macrocephalum..............----- x x POOLE NB (CHUN DD OO ere eee opener eee > x xX AD ATL UT eee eee ee ee esses ex x x SOREN EUV U) 08 cee eee Xie Xe Xe Dy Suae ue x x TE SU cate eee a eens eraeeeee xX x x telescopic UM se eres eeeeees Xone 186 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 S Species & 5S Desens = S . Be N fs age eee Or Ounce tenellums eee x Xx xe 5% x ox x temire: 52% tee ee x x fOntUMN x xX VUNG: eather eee ae x x x xX WAS MIN OtOM Peso ceceeeeceee sees x x xX x Oe OK EOWA SOD Bess ee een a x x Ophiodissa alternata................--.--.-..-. X X Corrugata ss xX xX EXPAN Sa sre oe xX eis eae Ree oe eek X X 1B ef0d DY S) 9 Spr ere x Hebella icaleanata-<..2=.2-24-2 xX Se 85 ae x Scand tamcornu cata se eee x x Xo Xu ox expansate ssi M224 2s x x x) Se “She NU Cali See eee Xx xX SC) Xx x Atryptolaria conferta:........ xX X Xs pulchellace Sees X xX xX Eucryptolaria’ pinnata——----—------.--- Xx PuVelam’ Se rp CMS seccece sos ese ceo oe eeeae an x XK Ox oxy Exc Se Soc Ss ed WGALOCAMCUITINOS aor reee cece eee ee eran x XCar fruticOSa= te x x xX gracillima XK SX antenme (ia x x x x Regi alesse ee Pe x tenel lula Aes eee eee Xx X Lictorella adhaerens=_ x x x xX Conyalllat ar acess Xx X XN EX! XG, MEX eX Ted a oa ee Ko) XG xX Feed (0 be se x xX Synthecium cylindricum............-.------- x xs ex gracile... > i> ae. x De x Projectunmi se. Xx x xX PICU M ee eteens x xX symmetricum Xe XX Bx: De Abietinaria abietina..................----------. x x x EEO 6) 040) ote Ve eee x x x PN OVER 0: ee eer Geer xox” X OX PANS a..ca_--csec-receteneeneee==-- x XX PTC CM CM ca eee en x xX jf Core (ok: Megane See ere XP PEK ex ET AS Klose sae eae escuctsaceeaeaes XXX Diphasia kincaidi= Xceek eX: LOEB energy Core eee eee eee x Hydrallmania distans me DK Pasya(quadridentatals = ...e eens x X xX XK TEX xX Selaginopsis constans x No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 187 ; rae . Species & e as Sos Ss es N Ou OS a ee Oe ee eevee oy A eeereee teers Kx tuilateralis=ee x x x trisccialis=. x x x Sertularella amphorifera.................... x x x x ampullacea x x x Clausaeeee ee COMICA......-----n--neenn-nneenneens rawib's ore x. 3c, oxox CCC fl tices seseescnsernncecewcceaes= x x x (Sp al) SA See eee x x formosa...... x x x x x fusiformis x x ANCIS Bee ee tee ke aie Ee x multinod ase x pedrensig.2- 723. x x x x x TU OS Baws anne cep nema rnennnnene xX Kol (xe Se ex Eytestl be Reese ete ee ee xX SINUOSAs 52 ee ee x x tenella sete ae acess: See Sc Xe XG OX pe be Ob trcuspidata. ==. x x x x turgida x x xX Sertul aria jane pS isececacss ces eereeaaesccae x X x x cornicina DH m.hue 9.6202. xX dalmasivt<i2 7 Aten enon, x x desmoid esi eto oewe aes: xX XX ee x Gisparce tee. ees Xx X OX1QUA......------------2--2------e eee: > ar. 2S 9D. G .< x furcata X Xt Xe eX Miata sete eee x x mayeri ee Xs X X operculata x pourtalesi:..—.- x x Stabilis?=- 2. Xx StOOK CY 1s -ca cas coecenesscnsecescscees- X X XxX x x Thuiaria crisioides X gn Xe Nome Mu: >i GEL OY (O10 Ur ere emer So OK TNSOCI ADU TS2 2. ee eae x xX X xX X x x re 2. Ds x X xX x >. ame? x INCONSPiCUas a De kK. integriseptata............---- XX 188 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 A = S A x Species & S gosh eee LoS Shee NS yey, SIRS Se RS ean ge late-septata x letersi Giese ener x So Ge longicarpa ee x x lophocarpal.- se Ko xX or oe ex: xO XS X ike Lx >, Sali, Sane © >.< prominens......\ =... xX x x PUOPIN Qu ae ee ee ee eeeaeaee Xx Fe heg (eb: bipennate ae x x X xX struthionides................- Mx XxX symmietrica........-.---------- Xx triplex. == ee x SVC NUS Ele et ee oerenmenreen xX Antennella avalonia-...........-.-........- x x Xx x x compacta.... X eracilisz.2e-= eens x x x Antennularia alternata..................----- x compacta... oe) De COnStrictas se x x STACI tse eee x x INCONStANS:c.c2- ee -eeosee ee x x rbayiCeh qt Lae a x TTRE SU arises eee, x x x xX mutabilis= eee xX xX XX xX septata xX x tetrasentatas 2 xX Xx Senn ex: Cladocarpus gracilis: X moderatus x Pin guise eee xe ox. COLEUS! oe ce eee X vancouverensis...........---. oe oe De Diplocheilus allmani..............- x x Hippurella longicarpa x Lytocarpus philippinus................ were xX 5d Dee pe) S\N 5% xX X Monostaechas quadridens.............------ x Xe oe pei 45 'eiD eh Use X Plumularia acutifroms:............-—--..---. x adjectase Awe ee x x Slhiciaws 2 eae ee es x en ie) De NO. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 189 1e) Species es S Co eS eo> = bs a N £ Sf SS RGSS Os ieee attenuata x x x blarmatat cece x x COLRMU Sabato secccsseecteceec—os X xX KX sxe Poe ox etectay.ee en ee tee x x Gelicatales tee ee, x diaphana SenoereeeresssceSoceberte xX ae od Oe XxX xX excl] 1 Seer eee ee Xx xX xX filieulaw cece Xx x MOT am ae reece, X x xX: > >i > SOOM eee ee es See 5% ARLE TINS eee ee ee x x x hay) (in ee ee xX xX inteo nam ee ee xX ATES UALS seers eee xX lageniierae x x X XxX MX xX & xX magellanica:: 2.2. x Margaretta --222: 2... c2---s-0- x xX > megalocephala.............-.-- x x qe SAN ENN ae eee Xo XG eXeeexe WMICTONEM alee ee xX ae Feu Yo) oN BGs} te ee eee x OX mMUltiramMOSa-.o2-<----s--22---- X miUtabilis see xX Da Tae a eae cesses x X plumularoides................-. xk Propinqu asc 22.8222 xX? Ox xKryx TOVECTS ante ee eens me 5S Oe Septatae roses emer x SCCAGCC He rhe es xX aa Sa Sp, & P< SIMU OSA ee ees x xX oe De x EEMUISSUM Ae ee x x x SVICTIUSt Ae es eee x Schizotricha tenella. 22. ss- x xX x xX Streptocaulus pulcherrimus.............-... x 107 22 57 41 69 27 93 91 139186 128 120 The additional distribution records do much to confirm the general conclusions on distribution routes arrived at on the basis of the early, much more scanty, data and expressed in previous papers, hence it is scarcely necessary to cover the ground again here. It is more plainly evi- 190 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 dent that there is no effective barrier to distribution in the whole Eastern Pacific considered, and that during certain periods in the past, there was no such barrier between the Eastern Pacific and the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea. A crosscheck table, Table II, which gives the number of species restricted to each section, as well as the number in common with each section and each other section, demonstrates this definitely. Table II OC Peru Ec Col Pan Ca Mex GofC WLC SC NEPNWA OC 17 12 25 20 33 13 39 40 43 #47 =~ 40 56 Peru 12 3 6 5 5 5 7 4 11 14 12 10 Ec 25 6 4 195) 525 10 33 18 21 23 14 30 Col 20 5 19 4 20 6 621 ee 7 AL T2523 Pan 33 5 25 20 4 12 44 23 25 28 20 “/ CA 13 5 10 6 12 0 15 13 15 14 12 14 Mex 39 7 33 2 44515 6 32 430 44-—~<“aD NS GofC 40 4 18 14 8923 13 32 9 52, 193 25 37 WLC 43 11 21 72D 15 43 52 10 98 66 51 SC 47 14 8 623 21 28 14 44 53 98 16. AZ Gr, NEP 40 12 14 12) » 20 12, 729) 25 66 112 3 61 NWA 56 10 30) +23 37 14 45 Siy/ 51 675 61 - Of the 127 species from the Eastern Pacific north of Point Concep- tion, 3 have not been obtained farther south, 4 have been obtained as well in the Atlantic but not farther south in the Pacific. The southern limit for the remaining 120 species is indicated in Table III, where the first line gives the number of species in each section where the species has not been reported from the oceanic area, and the second line when the species has been reported from the oceanic area as well. Table III SC WLC GofC Mex CA Pan Col Ec Peru OC(Alone) ils 30 23 8 ob 3 3 4 4 2 Zz 2. 3 1 6 4 - 6 2 7 10 - Of the 129 Hancock species that have appeared in the northwest At- lantic as well, 61 have extended northward into NEP, 19 to SC, 12 to NO. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 191 WLC, 7 to Gof C, 7 to Mex, 1 to CA, and 2 to Pan only. Of those which have extended southward, 10 reached Col, 30 to Ec, and 10 to Peru. Of those that appeared in the oceanic areas, there are no inter- mediate records for 5, 27 may have traveled either by way of the southern route or by the northern route, 21 by the nerthern route only, and 3 by the southern route only. A table, Table IV, shows very well the value of the recent collection, since it gives the specific standing in each hydroid family in the Hancock collection as it was in March, 1938, when the previous papers were prepared, and as it is now. The third column gives the percentage in each case. It is largely in the area between Point Conception and Cape San Lucas, that the increase has taken place; 54 percent of the species in the Hancock collection as it is at present, has been obtained in the waters off Southern California, and 40 percent, off the west coast of Lower Cali- fornia. Table IV Families Previous Present % Increase Clavidae 5 6 20 Tubidendridae 1 1 - Corynidae 8 9 12.5 Atractylidae 9 17 88.9 Eudendridae 9 15 66.7 Hydractinidae 10 13 30 Pennaridae 1 1 - Cladocorynidae 1 1 - Tubularidae 4 5 25 Bonneviellidae 1 1 - Campanularidae 43 65 Sed Campanulinidae 6 14 133.3 Halecidae 21 37 85.7 Hebellidae 4 4 - Lafoeidae 7 14 100 Synthecidae 4 5 25 Sertularidae 29 50 72.4 Plumularidae 50 86 72 Total 213 344 61.5 192 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 SYSTEMATIC DiscUSSION Suborder GYMNOBLASTEA Family Clavidae Genus COR YDENDRIUM Corydendrium (?) fruticosum Fraser Corydendrium fruticosum FRASER, Vancouver Island Hyd., 1914, p. 112. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 21. Distribution —1034 miles west of Point Dume, Calif., 47-48 fath- oms ; 2%4 miles SW of Seal Rocks, Santa Catalina Island, 87-90 fathoms ; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms. Genus TUBICLAVA Tubiclava laxa Fraser Tubiclava laxa FRASER, Hancock Hyd. 1, 1938, p. 12. Distribution —Avalon Bay, Santa Catalina Island, 82-88 fathoms. Tubiclava triserialis Fraser Tubiclava triserialis FRASER, Hancock Hyd. 1, 1938, p. 12. Distribution—Chacahua Bay, Mexico, 10-15 fathoms. Genus TURRITOPSIS Turritopsis nutricula McCrady Oceania nutricula McCrapy, Proc. Elliott Soc., 1859, pp. 55-90. Turritopsis nutricula McCrapy, ibid., p. 127. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 12. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 131. Distribution —San Lorenzo Channel, Gulf of California, 6-13 fath- oms. Family Corynidae Genus CORYNE Coryne (P) corrugata Fraser Coryne corrugata Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 27. Distribution—Willow Anchorage, Santa Cruz Island, Calif., low tide. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 193 Genus SYNCORYNE Syncoryne mirabilis (Agassiz) Coryne mirabilis AGAssiz, Contr. Nat. Hist. U. S., IV, 1862, p. 185. Syncoryne mirabilis FRAsER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 15. Distribution.—FEast of Point Fermin, Calif., shore. Family Atractylidae Genus BIMERIA Bimeria franciscana Torrey Bimeria franciscana Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 28. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 31. Distribution —Off San Nicolas Island, Calif., 30 fathoms; San Diego, shore. Bimeria gracilis Clark Bimeria gracilis CLARK, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 252. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 31. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 16. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 131. Distribution—San Luis Obispo Bay, Calif., 8-14 fathoms; off Tyler Bight, San Miguel Island, shore; south of San Miguel Island, 5-15 fath- oms; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15-21 fathoms; off Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 43 fathoms; % mile north of Platt Point, Santa Cruz Island, 36-47 fathoms; 314 miles SE of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 125-135 fathoms; 314 miles south of Hueneme, 29-30 fathoms; off Redondo Canyon; 3 miles off Seal Cove, 11 fathoms; 6 miles SE of San Pedro breakwater, 20-25 fathoms; off Abalone Point, Laguna Beach, 54-57 fathoms; San Pedro Channel, 12 miles SE of New- port, 235-250 fathoms; off Newport Inlet, 6-8 fathoms; landing on Bal- boa Peninsula, off Newport Inlet, intertidal ; Isthmus Cove, Santa Cata- lina Island, 80-100 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-30 fathoms; Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, 15-22 fathoms; off La Jolla, 23 fathoms; San Diego, low tide; 434 miles east of South Coronado Island, 14 fathoms; south of Tiburon Island, Gulf of California, 20 fathoms; Ensenada de San Francisco, Sonora, 15-22 fathoms; off Isabel Island, Mexico, 15-25 fathoms; Port Parker, Costa Rica, 3-8 and 5-10 fathoms. 194 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Bimeria (P) pusilla Fraser Bimeria pusilla FRASER, Some new and some previously unreported Hyd., 1925; p. 168. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 32. Distribution —3% miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms ; 34 mile SE of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 23-25 fathoms; Anaheim Land- ing, floating docks. Bimeria (?P) robusta Torrey Bimeria robusta Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 29. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 32. Distribution.—2¥Y miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15- 21 fathoms; 3 miles off Seal Beach, Calif., 11 fathoms; off Huntington Beach, 4-20 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite Point Eugenio, Lower California, 21-24 fathoms. Bimeria (P) tenella Fraser Bimeria tenella FRASER, Some new and previously unreported Hyd., 1925, p> 168. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 33. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 16. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Distribution—Hallmark Dock, Charleston, Ore., intertidal; 8% miles south of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite Point San Eugenio, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms; Concepcién Bay, Gulf of California, low tide; Ensenada de San Francisco, Sonora, 18 fathoms. Genus BOUGAINVILLIA Bougainvillia crassa Fraser Bougainvillia crassa FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 17. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 131. Distribution—Off San Jose Point, Guatemala, 12-13 fathoms; Pa- nama City, Panama, shore; 914 miles SW of Zorritos Light, Peru, shore. Bougainvillia glorietta Torrey Bougainvillia glorietta Torrey, Hyd. San Diego, 1904, p. 7. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 37. Distribution—Offt White Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 25-38 fath- oms; Dewey Channel, opposite Point San Eugenio, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 195 Genus GARVEIA Garveia annulata Nutting Garveia annulata NutTTING, Hyd. Harriman Exped., 1901, p. 166. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 33. Distribution.—Pacific Grove, Calif., Tyler Bight, San Miguel Island, shore; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 12-18 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, shore; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 19-21 fathoms; off Santa Catalina Island. Garveia formosa (Fewkes) Perigonimus formosus FEWKES, New Invert. Calif. Coast, 1889, p. 6. Garveia formosa Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 35. Distribution —6%4 miles ENE of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 300 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms. Garveia groenlandica Levinsen Garveia groenlandica LEVINSEN, Meduser, Ctenophorer, og Hydroider, etc., 1893, p. 155. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 35. Distribution——5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms. Genus PERIGONIMUS Perigonimus repens (Wright) Eudendrium repens WRiGHT, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edin., 1858, p. 448. Perigonimus repens Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 38. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 17. Fraser, idid., 3, 1938, p. 131. Distribution—Off Coos Bay, Ore., 35 fathoms; 2.6 miles east of East Point, Santa Rosa Island, 47-49 fathoms; off Huntington Beach, 4.20 fathoms; off Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 101 fathoms; 1% mile east of Abalone Point, Laguna Beach, 44-46 fathoms; off San Nico- las Island, 28-31 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 45-55 fath- oms; east of San Francisco Island, Gulf of California, 60 fathoms; north of White Friars Islands, Mexico, 15-20 fathoms; Chacahua Bay, 10-15 and 45-50 fathoms; off San Jose Point, Guatemala, 20 fathoms; SE of Daphne Major Island, Galapagos, 55 fathoms; Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fathoms. 196 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 PPerigonimus robustus Fraser ?Perigonimus robustus FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 17. FrAsER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 137. Distribution —Chacahua Bay, Mexico, 10-15 fathoms. Perigonimus serpens Allman Perigonimus serpens ALLMAN, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), XI, 1863, p. 10. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 38. Distribution —5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms. Family Eudendridae Genus EUDENDRIUM Eudendrium album Nutting Eudendrium album Nuttine, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), 1, 1898, pol: Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 61. Distribution—Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms. Eudendrium attenuatum Norman Eudendrium attenuatum NorMAN, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), 13, 1864, p. 83. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 63. Distribution—5 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 140-150 fath- oms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 55-60 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms ; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; off Santa Maria Bay, 30-40 fathoms. Eudendrium breve Fraser Eudendrium breve FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 18. Distribution—Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms; entrance to Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Gala- pagos, 50-60 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 197 Eudendrium californicum Torrey Eudendrium californicum ‘Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 32. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 39. Distribution.—Pacific Grove, Calif.; north of Santa Barbara Island, 15-20 fathoms. Eudendrium capillare Alder Eudendrium capillare ALpER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), 18, 1856, DiooD: Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 40. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 18. Distribution—3% miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms ; Y4 mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 26 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; San Juanico Bay, Lower Calif., 24 fathoms ; off Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, 35 fathoms. Eudendrium carneum Clarke Eudendrium carneum CLARKE, Hyd. Chesapeake Bay, 1882, p. 137. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 19. Distribution Off Consag Rock, Gulf of California, 40-45 fathoms ; north of Clarion Island, 30-50 fathoms. Eudendrium certicaule Fraser Eudendrium certicaule FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 19. Distribution.—8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms. Eudendrium cochleatum Allman Eudendrium cochleatum ALLMAN, Hyd. Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 8. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 66. Distribution —Off Rosario Bay, Lower Calif., 15 fathoms; San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, 120 fathoms; San Lorenzo Channel, Gulf of California, 3-5 fathoms; Salinas Bay, Carmen Island, 20 fath- oms. Eudendrium exiguum Allman Eudendrium exiguum ALLMAN, Hyd. Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 6. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 19. Distribution—Secas Islands, Panama, 12 fathoms. 198 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Eudendrium eximium Allman Eudendrium eximium ALLMAN, Hyd. Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 5. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 68. Distribution —Off Rocky Point, Sonora, Mexico, 10 fathoms. Eudendrium rameum (Pallas) Tubularia ramosa PALLAS, Elench. Zooph. 1766, p. 83. Eudendrium rameum FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 42. Distribution—Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms; off Lobos de Afuera Island, Peru, shore and 25-30 fathoms. Eudendrium ramosum ( Linn.) Tubularia ramosa LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1302. Eudendrium ramosum FrAsER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 42. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 20. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Distribution—Redondo Beach, Calif., shore; east of Point Fermin, shore; 6 miles SE of San Pedro breakwater, 20-21 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 45-46 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; off Rocky Point, Sonora, Mexico, 10 fathoms; off Bal- lenas Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California, 25 fathoms; off Lobos de Afuera Island, Peru, 25-30 fathoms. Eudendrium tenellum Allman Eudendrium tenellum ALLMAN, Hyd. Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 8. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 43. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 20. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution—3™% miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms; 1 mile SE of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, 15-21 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, shore; off San Pedro, shore; 11 miles south of Seal Beach, 82-95 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, Lower Calif., 75 fath- oms; San Gabriel Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California, 24 fathoms; south of San Esteban Island, 35 fathoms; off Cape San Fran- cisco, Ecuador, 15 fathoms; at entrance to Tagus Cove, Albemarle Is- land, Galapagos, 50-60 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 199 Eudendrium tenue A. Agassiz Eudendrium tenue A. Acassiz, N. A. Acalephae, 1865, p. 160. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 20. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. FrAsER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution.—1¥4 miles east of Cardwell Point, San Miguel Island, 20-21 fathoms; 2%4 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-28 fathoms; 14 mile south of Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 34-41 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, shore ; 8% miles south of Cedros Island, 60-65 fathoms ; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 64-65 fathoms ; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, Gulf of Cali- fornia, 10 and 46-75 fathoms. Family Hydractinidae Genus HYDRACTINIA Hydractinia armata Fraser Hydractinia armata Fraser, Hyd. Calif. Coast, 1940, p. 39. Distribution —Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, 15-22 fathoms ; off San Nicolas Island, 30 fathoms. Hydractinia milleri Torrey Hydractinia milleri Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 34. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 47. Distribution —East of Point Fermin, shore; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 19-21 fathoms. Hydractinia multispina Fraser Hydractinia multispina Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 23. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution.—SE of Daphne Major Island, Galapagos, 55 fathoms. Hydractinia polycarpa Fraser Hydractinia polycarpa Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 23. Distribution—North end of Ranger Bank, west of Cedros Island, 80-85 fathoms. 200 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Hydractinia prolifica, new species Plate 22, Fig. 1 Trophosome.—Colony covers closely a large gastropod shell. Nutri- tive zooids are placed close together around the margin, but they are pretty well crowded out of the portion of the shell farthest from the margin. The individual zooids have great power of extension even for Hydractinia, the longest observed being 4 mm. The tentacles are fewer than usual, 12-15. Spines—The spines are long, up to 0.75 mm, and very numerous; usually smooth, but sometimes rough or even spiny on the margin. Gonosome.—(Only male colony observed.) The generative zooids are crowded on the more protected portion of the shell; they are small, about 1.0 mm in length, without tentacles. The gonophores are large for the size of the hydrocaulus, scattered but relatively close together, as many as 6 of them, on the one zooid. Other Zooids.—No sensory or defensive zooids could be distinguished in the preserved specimens. Distribution —Station 944-39, 10 miles SW of Secas Islands, Pana- ma, 30 fathoms. Remarks.—This species resembles H. echinata (Fleming) more than any of the species so far reported from the Pacific coast, but the gono- phores are more numerous, the spines longer, more slender, with less tendency to form secondary spines, and much more numerous. If the distribution range of H. echinata were more propitious it might seem possible that HH]. prolifica was derived from that species. Family Pennaridae Genus PENNARIA Pennaria tiarella (Ayres) Globiceps tiarella Ayres, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1854, p. 193. Pennaria tiarella McCrapy, Gymno. Charleston Har., 1859, p. 153. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 25. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution—San Pedro, Calif.; San Francisco Bay, east of Panama City, shore ; off La Libertad, Ecuador, 10 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 201 Family Tubularidae Genus ECTOPLEURA Ectopleura media, new species Plate 22, Fig. 2 Trophosome.—The solitary zooid grows to a height of 2 cm, but the pedicel is not particularly stout (0.75 mm in diameter) ; it is entirely free of annulations, but there is a constriction at the terminus. The proximal tentacles are long, about 30 in number; the distal tentacles relatively short, but they are more numerous, nearly 50. Gonosome.—The peduncle that supports the medusa buds consists of a short main axis from which short, stout pedicels are given off, and these are terminated by medusa buds, which, when well developed, are nearly spherical. Distribution.—Station 311-35, off Bindloe Island, Galapagos, in 20 fathoms. Remarks.—This is the first species of Ectopleura that has appeared in the Eastern Pacific. It has much the same general appearance as other species of the genus, but in its special features it is quite different. In the relative length of the basal and oral tentacles, it more nearly resembles E. grandis Fraser, but in that species they are much fewer, with the same number in the two series, 14-16. Genus TUBULARIA Tubularia crocea (Agassiz) Parypha crocea AGAssiz, Contr. Nat. Hist. U. S., IV, 1862, p. 249. Tubularia crocea FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 51. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 26. Distribution—Off Fossil Point, Coos Bay, Ore., 4-6 fathoms; Re- dondo Beach, Calif., shore and on anchor chain; 3 miles SW of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 15-19 fathoms. Tubularia marina Torrey Tubularia marina Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 46. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 53. Distribution.—Floating docks, Balboa, Calif.; San Diego, shore. 202 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Suborder CALYPTOBLASTEA Family Campanularidae Genus CAMPANULARIA Campanularia altitheca, new species Plate 23, Fig. 3 Trophosome.—Colony, 20 mm, consists of a fascicled, unbranched stem, and hydrothecae with long pedicels. There are not many tubes in the fascicle; each one, instead of ending abruptly, passes out to form the pedicel of a hydrotheca, the terminal one being much longer than the others, the free portion 3.5 mm in length; the pedicels of the others, al- though not so long, are still of considerable length, up to 2 mm. Each pedicel has 2-3 annulations at the base of the hydrotheca; those that ter- minate the tubes of the fascicle have no other annulations; those that do not have 1-3 annulations at the base. The hydrothecae are large, 1.0 x 0.5 mm, not far from being cylindrical except for the rounding of the base. The margin is provided with 10 emarginate, deeply-cut teeth. Gonosome.—Gonangia grow from the tubes of the fascicled stem, much similar in shape and size to those of C. flexuosa Hincks (2.0 x 0.5 mm), nearly cylindrical, tapering to the base, and truncate distally, the walls slightly wavy, or sometimes definitely corrugated. Distribution.—Station 1012-39, south of Pyramid Cove, San Cle- mente Island, Calif., 55-69 fathoms: gonosome, Station 618-37, San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, 75 fathoms; 2%4 miles SE of Seal Rocks, Santa Catalina Island, 87-90 fathoms; 4 miles north of Todos Santos Island, Lower Calif., 40 fathoms. Campanularia (P) castellata Fraser Campanularia castellata FRASER, Some new and previously unreported Hyd., 1925, p. 170. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 59. Distribution—3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 17-18 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; east of San Esteban Island, Gulf of California, 20-70 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 203 Campanularia denticulata Clark Campanularia denticulata CLARK, Alaskan Hyd., 1876, p. 213. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 60. Distribution 3% miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms ; off Balboa Peninsula, Newport Inlet, intertidal ; % mile off White Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 33-37 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island 28-31 fathoms; off Rocky Point, Sonora, Mexico, 10 fathoms; Tenacatita Bay, shore. Campanularia (P) diversa, new species Plate 23, Fig. 4 Trophosome.—Colonies, up to 3.5 cm, each consists of a main stem, stout, rigid, strongly but loosely fascicled, with the branches simple unless in the proximal portion, short, slender, irregularly arranged, in strong contrast, as far as appearance goes, to the stem; the primary branches may branch again. The branch is annulated with 5-6 annulations, im- mediately distal to the base of the branchlets, or the pedicels of the hydro- thecae. The hydrotheca is supported on a short pedicel, annulated throughout or nearly so; the hydrotheca is large, among the largest in the Campanularidae, long, with gracefully curved sides, the diameter gradu- ally and regularly increasing from base to margin, 1.3 x 0.5 mm. The margin is provided with 11-12 teeth, deeply cut, with rounded sinuses, each tooth with 2 acute cusps, the sinus, relatively deep and rounded. Gonosome.—WNot observed. Distribution.—All of the colonies examined were obtained from Sta- tion 1401-41, 614 miles ENE of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, in 300 fathoms, in each case closely associated with large colonies of Acryptolaria conferta Allman. Remarks.—This species shows much greater resemblance to C. gelati- nosa (Pallas) than to any other American species. The fascicled stem is similar, the branching is quite different as the complete branch cor- responds very well with only the terminal portion of one of the much more numerous branches of C. gelatinosa. Since the branches are so few, so small, and so scattered, there is nothing here to give the gelatinous appearance of the colony of C. gelatinosa. The hydrotheca is similar in shape but not in size, as both length and diameter are almost twice as 204 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 great as they are in C. gelatinosa. The teeth on the margin are more deeply cut, as are also the acute cusps on each tooth. If the gonangia turn out to have as much similarity, there can be little doubt that C. diversa was derived directly from the species C. gelatinosa. Campanularia (P?) emarginata Fraser Campanularia emarginata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 27. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Distribution —3¥Y% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 35- 38 fathoms; 344 miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 10 fathoms. Campanularia exigua (Sars) Laomedea exigua Sars, Middelhavet’s Littoral Fauna, 1857, p. 50. Campanularia exigua FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 60. Distribution—Off San Pedro, Calif., exact location and depth not recorded. Campanularia hincksi Alder Campanularia hincksi ALDER, Trans. Tynes F. C., 1857, p. 127. Campanularia hincksii ALDER, Trans. Tynes F. C., 1857, p. 127. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 63. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 28. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution —Charleston, Ore., intertidal; 314 miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-37 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 61-63 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of California, 78-90 fathoms. Campanularia integra MacGillivray Cam panularia integra MACGILLIVRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (1) IX, 1842, p. 465. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 64. Distribution——3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23- 26 fathoms; landing, Balboa Peninsula, Newport Inlet, intertidal; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 18-19 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 205 Campanularia (?) obliqua Clarke Campanularia obliqua CLARKE, Albatross Hyd., 1907, p. 9. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 4, p. 155. Distribution.—FEast of Point Fermin, Calif., shore. Campanularia ritteri Nutting Campanularia ritteri NUTTING, Harriman Hyd., 1901, p. 171. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 66. Distribution.—Charleston, Ore., intertidal; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15-21 fathoms; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, 19-20 fathoms; NE of Anacapa Island, 45 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 4 miles NE of buoy, Cortes Bank, 125-131 fathoms. Campanularia urceolata Clark Campanularia urceolata CLARK, Alaskan Hyd., 1876, p. 215. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 67. FrAsER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1937, p. 28. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution.—Charleston, Ore., shore; near mouth of Salinas River, Monterey Bay, Calif., 10-13 fathoms; off Pacific Grove; off Point Arguello, 15-20 fathoms; Tyler Bay, San Miguel Island, shore; off Bechers Bay, Santa Rosa Island, 16 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 17-18 fathoms; 2.6 miles east of South Point, 17-20 and 23-26 fathoms; 6 miles east of South Point, 28-30 fathoms; 3 miles SW of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 15-19 fathoms; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, 19-20 fathoms; NE of Anacapa Island, 45 fathoms; 34 mile SE of Cat Rock, 23-25 fathoms; 4 miles east of landing, Santa Barbara Island, 40 fathoms; off Santa Monica; east of Point Fermin, shore; Anaheim Slough; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 11 fathoms; 3% miles west of Huntington Beach, 17-18 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 7 miles east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 228-267 fathoms; 1 mile NW of White Cove, 2-3 fathoms; 4 miles NE of buoy, Cortes Bank, 125-131 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 25-28 fathoms; 734 miles south of Point Loma, 30-33 fathoms; 124 miles north of Cedros Island, 45-55 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Nativi- dad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms. 206 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Genus CLYTIA Clytia acutidentata Fraser Clytia acutidentata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 28. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Distribution—North of White Friars Islands, Mexico, 15-20 fathoms. Clytia bakeri Torrey Clytia bakeri Torrey, Hyd. San Diego, 1904, p. 16. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 71. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution.—Long Beach, Calif. Clytia cylindrica Agassiz Clytia cylindrica AGAssiz, Nat. Hist. U. S., IV, 1862, p. 306. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 71. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 30. FrasER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution —Off Cape Arago Light, Coos Bay, Ore., intertidal; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, 17-20 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, Calif., shore; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; off Cape San Francisco, Ecuador, 15 fathoms; off Manta Bay, 1 fathom; San Nicolas Bay, Peru, 10-25 fathoms; Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos, 12 fathoms. Clytia edwardsi (Nutting) Campanularia edwardsi NUTTING, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 346. Clytia edwardsi FrasEr, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 72. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 30. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Distribution—5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; landing on Balboa Peninsula, Newport Inlet, intertidal; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; Rosario Bay, Lower Calif., 10-15 fathoms; Ensenada de San Francisco, Sonora, Mexico, 15-18 fathoms. NO. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 207 Clytia exilis, new species Plate 24, Fig. 5 Trophosome.—Colony, 8 mm, lax, slender, and appearing more slender than it really is because of the large size of the hydrothecae and gonangia, growing from a filamentous stolon; although the colony may be quite erect, the stem does not pass up continuously in the same direc- tion; the basal portion continues to form a long pedicel for a hydrotheca ; where it passes into the pedicel, the next section of the stem is given off, which in turn gives rise to the pedicel of a hydrotheca, or of a gonangium; the next section of the stem arises from this, etc. he pedicel of the hydrotheca is long, 2 mm or more, but that of the gonangium is quite short. There are several annulations at each end of the long pedicel, usually more of them proximally than distally, several some distance from the proximal end of each stem section, and others along the entire length of the short pedicel of the gonangium. The hydrotheca is large, the largest in any American species of the genus, 1.2 x 0.43 mm, gradually and regularly increasing in diameter from base to margin; there are 12 sharp, deeply cut teeth on the margin. Gonosome.—The gonangium is large, 1.4x0.35 mm, among the largest in American species of the genus; it is nearly cylindrical, but it tapers somewhat from the middle to the more slender base, and very slightly towards the distal end, although there is a slight expansion at the margin. The surface is smooth. Distribution.—Station 1274-41, 3%4 miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms. Remarks.—The colony of C. exilis bears much resemblance to that of C. macrocarpa Fraser, obtained far away, off the coast of Peru. The arrangement of the stem and pedicels is quite similar, and the annulations appear in the same areas, but C. macrocarpa is a more delicate species ; the hydrotheca is somewhat the same shape but is not nearly so large; the teeth are not so numerous, and not so deeply cut. The gonangium is similar in size, but the longitudinal, wavy lines, characteristic of C. macrocarpa, are not present in C. exilis. In this species, the resemblance to the gonangium in C. cylindrica is much more definite. Unless or until further collection can close the geographical gap between the two species, C. exilis and C. macrocarpa, it would not be wise to consider very close relationship. 208 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Clytia fascicularis Fraser Clytia fascicularis FRAsER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 30. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution.—6™% miles SE of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 46 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; Playa Blanca, Costa Rica, 25 fathoms. Clytia hesperia (Torrey) Campanularia hesperia Torrey, Hyd. San Diego, 1904, p. 12. Clytia hesperia FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 73. Distribution —5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; Santa Maria Bay, Lower Calif., 5-25 fathoms; Tangola Tangola, Mexico, shore. Clytia inconspicua (Forbes) Thaumantias inconspicua ForseEs, Br. Naked-eyed Medusae, 1848, p. 52. Clytia inconspicua FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 74. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 31. Distribution —Off Huntington Beach, Calif., 4-20 fathoms. Clytia irregularis Fraser Clytia irregularis FRAsER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 31. FRAsER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution.—North of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 76 fathoms. Clytia johnstoni (Alder) Campanularia johnstoni ALDER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), XVIII, 1856, p. 359. Clytia johnstoni FrAsEr, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 74. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 32. Distribution.—3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15-21 fathoms ; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 and 40-48 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 209 Clytia kineaidi (Nutting) Campanularia kincaidi NuttTiING, Hyd. Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899, p. 743. Clytia kincaidi Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 75. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 32. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Distribution —FEast of Point Fermin, Calif., shore; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms. Clytia longicyatha (Allman) Obelia longicyatha ALLMAN, Hyd. Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 10. Clytia longicyatha Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 32. Distribution 3% miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms ; 1 mile SW of Ben Weston Point, Santa Catalina Island, 45-49 fathoms ; South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Clytia longitheca Fraser Clytia longitheca FRASER, Hyd. Vancouver Island region, 1914, p. 137. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 75. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 32. Distribution.—3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-26 fathoms; 274 miles east of South Point, 15-21 fathoms; 3%4 miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, shore; 5 miles —152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 61-63 fathoms. Clytia minuta (Nutting) Campanularia minuta Nuttinc, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 345. Clytia minuta Frassr, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 76. Distribution —Off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 and 104 fathoms. Clytia noliformis (McCrady) Campanularia noliformis McCrapy, Gymno. Charleston Har., 1859, p. 194. Clytia noliformis FrAsER, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 144. Distribution —Off Solango Island, Ecuador, 3 fathoms. 210 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Clytia raridentata (Alder) Campanularia raridentata ALDER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), 1X, 1862, p. 315. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 65. Clytia raridentata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 33. Distribution —Off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms. Clytia (P) seriata Fraser Clytia seriata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 33. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution —Tangola Tangola, Mexico, 15-20 fathoms; off the Central American coast. Clytia universitatis Torrey Clytia universitatis TORREY, Hyd. San Diego, 1904, p. 19. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 76. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 109. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution —3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-26 fathoms; Willow Anchorage, Santa Cruz Island, shore; off Santa Barbara, Calif., 33 fathoms; off Huntington Beach, 8-15 fathoms; 6 miles south of San Pedro breakwater, 20-21 fathoms; 2 miles west of Church Rock, Santa Catalina Island, 45-53 fathoms; 914 miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 90-100 fathoms; 714 miles south of Point Loma, 10 and 30-33 fathoms; off San Diego; off Coronado Beach, 6-7 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms; 2 miles SE of Cedros Island Light, 42-55 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; off Santa Maria Bay, 18-25 fathoms; Salinas Bay, Carmen Island, Gulf of California, 20 fathoms; off Concepcién Bay, 20 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, 76 fathoms; between Isla Partida and Angel de la Guardia Islands, 20 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 11-22 fathoms; off Willard Point, Gonzaga Bay, 30-40 fathoms; off Consag Rock, 40-45 fathoms; off Rocky Point, Sonora, 10 and 11-13 fathoms; outside Guaymas, 6-10 fathoms; off Isabel Island, Mexico, 10-15 and 15-25 fathoms; off Port Parker, Costa Rica, 3-5 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 211 Genus EUCOPELLA Eucopella compressa (Clark) Campanularia compressa CLARK, Alaskan Hyd., 1876, p. 214. Eucopella compressa Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 78. Distribution —2™% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15- 21 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 23-26 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 30 fathoms. Eucopella everta (Clark) Campanularia everta CLARK, Hyd. of Pacific Coast, 1876, p. 253. Eucopella everta Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 79. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 34. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution.—Pacific Grove, Calif.; Tyler Bight, San Miguel Island, shore; 1 mile south of East Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15-16 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 15-21 fathoms; east of Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 11-19 fathoms; 1 mile SE of Smug- glers Cove, 15-21 fathoms; Willow Anchorage, low tide; 34 mile east of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 23-25 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 6 miles ESE of buoy, Cortes Bank, 56 fathoms; 3 miles west of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms ; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; Lobos de Afuera Islands, Peru, 25-30 fathoms. Eucopella minor Fraser Eucopella minor Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 34. Distribution —San Quentin Bay, Lower Calif., 3-5 fathoms. Genus GONOTHYRAEA Gonothyraea clarki (Marktanner-Turneretscher ) Laomedea (Gonothyraea) clarki, MARKTANNER, Hyd. from Ost-Spitz- bergen, 1895, p. 408. Gonothyraea clarki FRasER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 80. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 34. Distribution —5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms. 22 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Gonothyraea gracilis (Sars) Laomedea gracilis Sars, Beretning om en Zool. Reise, 1851, p. 18. Gonothyraea gracilis FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 81. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 35. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 132. Distribution — Off Bechers Bay, Santa Rosa Island, 16 fathoms; 2% miles east of South Point, 15-21 fathoms; 3%4 miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, shore; Newport Channel, shore; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 3 miles west of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; Concepcién Bay, Gulf of Cali- fornia; off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 78-90 fathoms; off Rocky Point, Sonora, 6-10 fathoms; Ensenada de San Francisco, 18 fathoms; outside Guaymas, 6-10 fathoms; Port Parker, Costa Rica, 3-8 and 5-10 fathoms; La Libertad, Ecuador, 10 fathoms; Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapa- gos, 12 fathoms. Gonothyraea inornata Nutting Gonothyraea inornata NutTTING, Hyd. Harriman Exped., 1901, p. 175. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 81. Distribution —Hallmark Dock, Charleston, Ore., intertidal. Gonothyraea serialis Fraser Gonothyraea serialis FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 35. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution—West of Cape Rule, Socorro Island, 17-46 fathoms; Salinas Bay, Costa Rica, 2 fathoms; Octavia Rocks, Colombia, 45 fathoms; off La Libertad, Ecuador, 10 fathoms. Genus OBELIA Obelia alternata Fraser Obelia alternata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 35. Distribution—TVagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos, 10-20 fathoms. NO. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 213 Obelia biserialis, new species Plate 24, Fig. 6 Trophosome.—Colony with a well marked, fascicled, main stem, with branches biserially arranged in the same plane, much like those in many of the species in the Sertularidae but unusual in the Campanularidae. These branches are given off in regular alternation; they are not fascicled and not branched again. Hydrothecae appear in the axils of the branches, and, arranged alternately, throughout the whole length of each branch. The hydrotheca increases in diameter gradually from base to margin, but the sides are straight and there is no flare at the margin. It is much the same size and shape as in O. flicata Hincks, but in this species some flar- ing takes place; the margin is entire and circular. In all of the hydro- thecae except the terminal one on each branch, the pedicel is short, about the same length as the hydrotheca, and is annulated throughout, the annu- lations tending to be oblique. The longer pedicel of the terminal hydro- theca is annulated at both ends only. Gonosome.—The gonangia are small, appearing in the axils of the more distant hydrothecae, little longer than the hydrothecae, and slender, less than 0.2 mm in greatest width. The distal end is rounded with the small aperture at the center. Distribution.—Station 919-39, off Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, 25- 26 fathoms; north of Clarion Island, 25-26 fathoms; off Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island, 17-46 fathoms. Obelia castellata Clarke Obelia castellata CLARKE, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,Harvard, 1894, p. 73. Distribution ——San Francisco Bay, east of Panama City, Panama, shore. Obelia commissuralis McCrady Obelia commissuralis McCrapy, Gymno. Charleston Har., 1859, p. 197. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 84. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 36. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution.—East of Point Fermin, Calif., shore; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 1 mile east of Empire Land- ing, Santa Catalina Island, 18 fathoms ; 3 miles west of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms. 214 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Obelia corona Torrey Obelia corona Torrey, Hyd. San Diego, 1904, p. 14. FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 84. Distribution.—7¥4 miles south of Point Loma, Calif., 30-33 fathoms. Obelia dichotoma (Linn.) Sertularia dichotoma LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 812. Obelia dichotoma FraAssErR, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 85. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 36. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution—1 mile south of Cardwell Point, San Miguel Island, 15-24 fathoms; Prisoners Harbor, Santa Cruz Island, on set line; east of Point Fermin, shore; Laguna Beach, shore; Chacahua Bay, lagoon; off Octavia Rocks, Colombia, 45 fathoms; off La Libertad, Ecuador, 10 fathoms. Obelia dubia Nutting Obelia dubia NuttTiING, Hyd. Harriman Exped., 1901, p. 174. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 86. Distribution —Off Cape Arago Light, Coos County, Ore., intertidal ; Bandon, Ore., on crab bait box; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro break- water, 17-19 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, shore. Obelia equilateralis Fraser Obelia equilateralis FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 36. Distribution —Off La Libertad, Ecuador, 10 fathoms. Obelia geniculata (Linn.) Sertularia geniculata LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1312. Obelia geniculata FrasrEr, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 87. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 37. FrAsER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution Off San Pedro, Calif. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS Z15 Obelia gracilis Calkins Obelia gracilis CALKINS, Puget Sound Hyd., 1899, p. 353. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 87. Distribution.—East of Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 6-10 fathoms; off San Pedro breakwater, 4 fathoms; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 11 fathoms; Newport Harbor, in channel, 4-10 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; off Santa Maria Bay, Lower Calif., 18-25 fath- oms. Obelia griffini Calkins Obelia griffini CALKINS, Puget Sound Hyd., 1899, p. 357. Fraser, Pacific Coast Hyd., 1937, p. 88. Distribution.—South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Obelia hyalina Clarke Obelia hyalina CLARKE, Blake Hyd., 1879, p. 241. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 37. FrAsER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 160. Distribution —Off Rocky Point, Sonora, Mexico, 10 fathoms; San Francisco Bay, east of Panama City, shore. Obelia longissima (Pallas) Sertularia longissima PALLAs, Elench. Zooph., 1766, p. 119. Obelia longissima Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 88. Distribution—Hallmark Dock, and other locations, Charleston, Ore., intertidal; Anaheim Landing, Calif., intertidal ; 6 miles SE of San Pedro breakwater, 20-21 fathoms; off Isthmus Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 80-100 fathoms; off Goat Harbor, 21 fathoms; off Coronado Beach, 6-7 fathoms; off Octavia Rocks, Colombia, 45 fathoms. Obelia plicata Hincks Obelia plicata H1ncxks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 154. Fraser, Pacific Coast Hyd., 1937, p. 90. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 38. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Distribution —Anaheim Landing, Calif., intertidal; 4 miles north of Todos Santos Island, Lower Calif., 41 fathoms; 3 miles north of Nativi- 216 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 dad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; south of Tiburon Island, Gulf of California, 20 fathoms; north of Clarion Island, 30-50 and 35-56 fathoms. Obelia surcularis Calkins Obelia surcularis CALKINS, Puget Sound Hyd., 1899, p. 355. Fraser, Pacific Coast Hyd., 1937, p. 90. Distribution —Off San Pedro, Calif. Family Campanulinidae Genus CAL YCELLA Calycella syringa (Linn.) Sertularia syringa LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1311. Calycella syringa FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 91. Distribution—Off Cape Arago Light, Ore., intertidal; San Luis Obispo Bay, Calif., 8-14 fathoms; 1 mile south of Cardwell Point, San Miguel Island, 34-35 fathoms; 2% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 17-18 and 23-28 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 17-18 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 23-26 fathoms; off Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 43 fathoms; 314 miles south of Hueneme, 29-30 fathoms; 1 mile south of Santa Barbara Island, 20-40 fathoms ; off Redondo Beach; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 11 fathoms; 5 miles —152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 45-50 fathoms; 1 mile SW of Ben Weston Point, 45-49 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 37-40 fathoms; -15 miles south of La Jolla, 23 fathoms; 234 miles off Point Loma, 9-13 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 45-55 fathoms. Genus CAMPANULINA Campanulina (?P) indivisa, new species Plate 24, Fig. 7 Trophosome.—The small colonies, segregated quite closely, grow from a loosely reticulate stolon. The stem, 12 mm, is erect, unbranched or very slightly branched, very smooth, without annulations or nodes. The hydrothecae are given off with some approach to regularity in the proximal portion of the stem, alternate, but those on the two sides are seldom in the same plane. Distally, in some cases, the regularity ceases; the hydrothecae are much more closely placed, but the distance between any two in succession varies much. There are often more on one side than No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 2Y7 on the other, and for some distance they may be all on the one side. The pedicels vary in length from 0.25 to 0.5 mm. There are 3-6 annulations near the base, and occasionally 2-3 distally. The hydrotheca is turbinate, with 12-14 segments, forming an operculum. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution Station 1424-41, 634 miles east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 267-347 fathoms. Remarks.—This species is little like any other American species. Campanulina rugosa Nutting Campanulina rugosa NuttING, Hyd. Harriman Exped., 1901, p. 176. Fraser, Pacific Coast Hyd., 1937, p. 93. Distribution—Hallmark Dock, Charleston, Ore., intertidal. Genus CUSPIDELLA Cuspidella grandis Hincks Cuspidella grandis Hincxs, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 210. Fraser, Pacific Coast Hyd., 1937, p. 94. Distribution —Oft San Nicolas Island, 31 fathoms. Cuspidella humilis (Alder) Campanularia humilis Auprr, Trans. Tynes. F. C., 1863, p. 239. Cuspidella humilis Frassr, Pacific Coast Hyd., 1937, p. 94. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 40. Distribution —Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms. Genus EGMUNDELLA Egmundella gracilis Stechow Egmundella gracilis SrecHow, Hyd. Deutschen ‘Tiefsee Exped., 1921, p. 226. Fraser, Pacific Coast Hyd., 1937, p. 95. Distribution.—1 mile north of San Pedro Point, Santa Cruz Island, 45-46 fathoms; 1 mile east of White Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 21 fathoms; 2.8 miles WNW of Long Point, 64-68 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Church Rock, 117-118 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 20-25 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms; off Santa Maria Bay, Lower Calif., 18-25 fathoms. 218 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Egmundella polynema, new species Plate 25, Fig. 8 Trophosome.—Zooids commonly grow singly, but at times a pedicel grows out from the side of the original pedicel, not far below the base of the hydrotheca, curves immediately so that it continues in much the same direction as the original pedicel ; the pedicel is not as long as the original, but it is long enough to overtop the original hydrotheca. The pedicels of the individuals differ much in length, the greatest height of a zooid ob- served being 3.6 mm. When the second zooid is present, the colony may reach the height of 4.5 mm. In nearly all cases, the pedicel is slightly annulated, but the position of the annulations varies greatly. The hydro- theca is of the regular, turbinate type, 1.0 x 0.25 mm; there are 12 seg- ments in the operculum; the diaphragm is well marked. The unique fea- ture of the species is the clustering of the nematophores, usually shortly below the hydrotheca, where there may be as many as a dozen or more, but more commonly fewer. Gonosome.—The gonangium grows directly from the stolon; it is definitely cylindrical, about 1.8 mm in height, and 0.25 mm in diameter. It has an operculum divided like that of the hydrotheca, but the tip of the convergence is but little above the rim. Lines run down from each point of separation the full length of the gonangium. There is a constric- tion at the base to give the appearance of a pedicel. The gonangia were empty. Distribution.—Station 1253-41, 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms. Remarks.—The species is much larger than the only other species reported from the coast, E. gracilis Stechow. It is more nearly the size of E. grandis Fraser, found on the Atlantic coast, but it is not much like it in other respects. The segregation of the nematophores is the unique fea- ture of the species. Genus LOVENELLA Lovenella nodosa Fraser Lovenella nodosa Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 40. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution —Off Santa Maria Bay, Lower Calif., 18-25 fathoms ; Tenacatita Bay, Mexico, 8-15 fathoms; north of White Friars Islands, 15-20 fathoms; Chacahua Bay, 5-10 and 10-15 fathoms; off San Jose Point, Guatemala, 20 fathoms; off Cape San Francisco, Ecuador, 15 fathoms. NO. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 219 Lovenella producta (Sars) Calycella producta Sars, Norges Hydroider, 1873, p. 30. Lovenella producta FRASER, Pacific Coast Hyd., 1937, p. 96. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 40. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 109. Distribution—3 miles NW of Anacapa Island Light, 15 fathoms. Lovenella rugosa Fraser Lovenella rugosa FrAsER, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 138. Distribution—Off Redondo Beach, Calif., 13-22 fathoms. Genus STEGOPOMA Stegopoma fastigiata (Alder) Calycella fastigiata ALDER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), III, 1860, p. 73. Stegopoma fastigiata FrAsER, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 178. Distribution—South of San Miguel Island, 130-138 fathoms; 5 miles NE of Anacapa Island Light, 125-135 fathoms; 5 miles southeast of Santa Catalina Island, 140-150 fathoms; east of southwest end of Santa Catalina Island, 83-125 fathoms; 614 miles ENE of Long Point, 300 fathoms; 614 miles NE by E of Long Point, 228 fathoms; 1114 miles SE of Church Rock, 21-40 fathoms. Genus THYROSCYPHUS Thyroscyphus intermedius Congdon Thyroscyphus intermedius CONGDON, Bermuda Hyd., 1907, p. 482. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 181. Distribution—1 mile WNW of Anacapa Island, 41-43 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; off Lobos de Afuera Islands, Peru, 25-30 fathoms. Family Halecidae Genus CAMPALECIUM Campalecium medusiferum Torrey Campalecium medusiferum Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 48. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 99. Distribution—Some specimens in a sample from 3 miles south of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 45-46 fathoms, appear to belong to this species, but since no gonosome was observed, the identification cannot be assured. 220 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Genus ENDOTHECIUM Endothecium paucinodum Fraser Endothecium paucinodum FRASER, Caribbean Hyd., 1947, p. 8. Distribution—1 mile WNW of Anacapa Island, 41-43 fathoms; 6 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 150-155 fathoms. Note.—In the description of this species given in the paper on Carib- bean Hydroids, it is stated that the trophosome was described from the specimens obtained off Anacapa Island. The record off Santa Catalina Island appeared in a sample examined later. As the Caribbean paper was prepared for publication before this one, to mention the species in it, it was necessary to include the description and the figures of the species, although under ordinary circumstances, the new species should be credited to the Eastern Pacific. Endothecium reduplicatum Fraser Endothecium reduplicatum FRASER, Some Japanese Hyd., 1935, p. 107. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 41. Distribution —Off Tangola Tangola, Mexico, 15-20 fathoms. Genus HALECIUM Halecium annulatum Torrey Halecium annulatum Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 49. Fraser, Hyd., Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 101. Distribution.—2¥%4 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23- 28 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 17-18 fathoms; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, 19-20 fathoms; Redondo Beach Canyon; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; off Isthmus Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 80-100 fathoms; off Dutch Har- bor, San Nicolas Island, 8-9 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fath- oms. Halecium articulosum Clark Halecium articulosum CLARK, New England Hyd., 1876, p. 63. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 101. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 41. Distribution —2™% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 17- 18 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 221 Halecium beani (Johnston) Thoa beani JOHNSTON, Br. Zooph., 1838, p. 120. Halecium beani Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 102. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 41. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. FrRAsER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution—Bechers Bay, Santa Rosa Island, 13-16 fathoms; 2% miles east of South Point, 15-21 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 17-20 and 23-26 fathoms; south of Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 110-140 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, Calif., shore; 1 mile south of Ben Weston Point, Santa Catalina Island, 45-49 fathoms; Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, 20-22 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 37-40 fath- oms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, 30-31 fathoms; San Juanico Bay, 24 fathoms ; Santa Maria Bay, 18-25 fathoms; off White Rock, Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 45 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, 76 fathoms; at entrance to Iagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos, 50-60 fathoms. Halecium bermudense Congdon Halecium bermudense CoNGDON, Bermuda Hyd., 1907, p. 472. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 41. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 1897. Distribution.—South of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 45 fathoms. Halecium corrugatum Nutting Halecium corrugatum NuttTiNG, Hyd. from Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899p: 102: Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 102. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 41. Distribution—Off Cape Arago Light, Ore., intertidal; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-28 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 17-20 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, Calif., shore; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fath- oms; Concepcién Bay, Gulf of California, 15 fathoms. 222 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Halecium densum Calkins Halecium densum CALKINS, Hyd. Puget Sound, 1899, p. 343. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 103. Distribution —Off Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, 4-9 fathoms ; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms. Halecium exiguum, new species Plate 25, Fig. 9 Trophosome.—Colony, 15 mm, simple, slender, lax; stem sometimes erect with few irregularly placed branches, sometimes definitely flexed. Usually there is a distinct bend near each internode and the pedicel or branch is given off in such a way that it looks like dichotomy, but the stem has a node just above the forking. There may be an annulation about half way between the nodes. When a branch appears, it takes the place of a hydrophore; it resembles the main stem. The hydrophore is provided with a distinct pedicel ; it is strongly flaring. Commonly a second hydrophore grows out of the first one and is similar to it; in some cases, the duplica- tion may proceed even farther. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution—Station 311-35, off Bindloe Island, Galapagos, 20 fathoms; off Lobos de Afuera Islands, Peru, 25-30 fathoms. Remarks.—The species is not much like any of the other species in the Eastern Pacific. In the mode of growth it resembles Ophiodissa alter- nata Fraser, more than it does any species of Halecium. Halecium fasciculatum Fraser Halecium fasciculatum FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 42. Distribution.—South of San Esteban Island, Gulf of California, 35 fathoms. Halecium flexile Allman Halecium flexile ALLMAN, Challenger Hyd., 2, 23, 1888, p. 11. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 104. Distribution —35 miles north of Depoe Bay, Ore., from a water- logged stump; 114 miles south of Crook Point, San Miguel Island, 41-43 fathoms; 114 miles east of Cardwell Point, 20-21 fathoms; 2% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island; 23-28 fathoms; 134 miles west of Catalina Head, Santa Catalina Island, 50-51 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms; Boca de la Trinidad, Gulf of California, 53, 150 fathoms. NO. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 223 Halecium flexum, new species Plate 25, Fig. 10 Trophosome.—Colony small, 1.0 cm, delicate, simple, with but few scattered branches of different lengths. The stem is divided into regular internodes by oblique nodes, each internode giving rise to a hydrophore, or a branch in place of it, near its distal end, the hydrophores regularly alternating. The hydrophore is attached to the stem by a short pedicel, which is turned out to such an extent that the margin of the hydrophore is at an angle of approximately 45° with the stem; the margin is definitely but not abruptly flaring. In many cases, duplication takes place; when it does, the pedicel of the secondary hydrophore, or at least the first of these, if there are more than one, has a conspicuous curve just where it leaves the previous hydrophore; it is as though all of the pedicel except the basal portion had been shoved upward, out of line with the base. ‘This is the most characteristic feature of the trophosome. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 14-33, off La Playa, Santa Elena Bay, Ecua- dor, 2-7 fathoms; off White Rock, Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 45 fathoms. Remarks.—This species does not resemble any of the American spe- cies hitherto described very closely. The whole colony is somewhat like the simple portion of the stem of H. muricatum (E. and S.) but this species has not the characteristic curve of the secondary pedicel, although the whole pedicel is moved somewhat towards the upper margin of the hydrophore. H. muricatum is a heavy, coarse, fascicled species, and since it appears to be confined to the higher latitudes, the two species can scarcely have very close relationship. Halecium halecinum ( Linn.) Sertularia halecina LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 308. Halecium halecinum Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 104. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 42. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution —Off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms. Halecium insolens Fraser Halecium insolens Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 43. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution.—Landing on Balboa Peninsula, Newport Channel, Calif., intertidal; north of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 10 fathoms. 224 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Halecium kofoidi Torrey Halecium kofoidi Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 49. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 105. Distribution —5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms. Halecium labrosum Alder Halecium labrosum ALDER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), III, 1859, p. 354. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 105. Distribution —5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 2 miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 42-45 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms. Halecium macrocephalum Allman Halecium macrocephalum ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 16. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 196. Distribution—1¥4 miles north of Cedros Island, 45-55 fathoms. Halecium muricatum (Ellis and Solander) Sertularia muricata ELLIs and SOLANDER, Nat. Hist. Zooph., 1786, p. 59. Halecium muricatum FrRAsER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 106. Distribution Ranger Bank, west of Cedros Island, 78-83 fathoms. Halecium parvulum Bale Halecium parvulum Bae, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W., 1888, p. 760. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 107. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 110. Distribution—5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms; off ‘Thurloe Head, Lower Calif., 8-10 fathoms; south of San Esteban Island, Gulf of California, 35 fathoms. Halecium pygmaeum Fraser Halecium pygmaeum FRASER, West Coast Hyd., 1911, p. 48. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 107. Distribution East of Point Fermin, Calif., shore. No. 5 FRASER! HYDROIDS 225 Halecium regulare Fraser Plate 25, Fig. 11 Halecium regulare FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 43. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Trophosome.—Quite often a pedicillate hydrophore grows out of the sessile hydrophore and much more rarely this may be duplicated. Gonosome.—(Not previously described.) The male gonangium usu- ally grows out from the pedicel of the secondary hydrophore or less com- monly directly from the stem, immediately below the sessile hydrophore. It is elongated, obovate, smooth, with scarcely any pedicel. The female gonangium has not yet been observed. Distribution —North of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 10 fathoms. Halecium telescopicum Allman Halecium telescopicum ALLMAN, Challenger Hyd., II, 1888, p. 10. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 110. Distribution.—1034 miles west of Point Dume, Calif.,47-48 fathoms. Halecium tenellum Hincks Halecium tenellum Hincxs, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), VIII, 186i ups Zo2. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 110. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 44. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution —Off San Pedro Nolasco Island, Gulf of California, 55-57 fathoms. Halecium tenue Fraser Halecium tenue Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 139. Distribution.—North of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 10 fathoms. Halecium vagans Fraser Halecium vagans Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 44. Distribution —2% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-28 fathoms. 226 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Halecium washingtoni Nutting Halecium geniculatum Nutt1nc, Hyd. Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899, p. 744. Halecium washingtoni NUTTING, Amer. Nat., 1901, p. 780. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 111. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 45. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution —Tyler Bight, San Miguel Island, shore; 3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15-20 fathoms; 3%4 miles east of South Point, 35-38 fathoms; 1 mile north of San Pedro Point, Santa Cruz Island, 45-46 fathoms; 244 miles east of San Pedro Point, 26-40 fathoms; % mile east of San Pedro Point, 26-40 fathoms; 1 mile north of west end of Anacapa Island, 41-43 fathoms; east of Point Fermin, shore; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; Ava- lon, Santa Catalina Island, shore; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; Port Parker, Costa Rica, shallow water on coral; off Nuez Island, Cocos Island, 31-50 fath- oms. Halecium wilsoni Calkins Halecium wilsoni CALKINS, Hyd. Puget Sound, 1899, p. 343. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 112. Distribution—Bechers Bay, Santa Rosa Island, 10 fathoms. Genus OPHIODISSA Ophiodissa alternata Fraser Ophiodissa alternata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 139. Distribution—1¥4 miles north of Cedros Island, 55-60 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fath- oms; off Secas Islands, Panama, 12 fathoms. Ophiodissa corrugata (Fraser) Ophiodes corrugatum FraAsER, Hyd. Queen Charlotte Islands, 1936, p. 504. Ophiodissa corrugata FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 113. Distribution.—Tyler Bight, San Miguel Island, shore. NO. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 221 Ophiodissa expansa, new species Plate 25, Fig. 12 Trophosome.—Colonies, growing in loose clusters, reach a height of 18 mm; the main stem, fascicled proximally, gives off a very few stout branches, each of which resembles the simple portion of the stem. The simple stem or branch is divided into internodes, varying somewhat in length, by slightly oblique nodes, not very distinct. The hydrophores are somewhat irregularly alternate, in some places almost subopposite, those on the two sides not quite in the same plane. In every case the pedicels are definite but vary much in length, sometimes corrugated slightly; the hydrophores expand to the margin so that the aperture may be twice the diameter of the supporting pedicel. The nematophores are large, tubular, sometimes curved slightly, placed either on the cauline internode or on the pedicel of the hydrophore. Gonosome.—The gonangium, 1.32 x 0.5 mm, arises from the fasci- cled portion of the stem, projecting at right angles to it; it resembles some of the Sertularella gonangia, e.g., those of S. tricuspidata (Alder). It is elongated oval, with a short pedicel ; very strongly crested rugosities appear throughout the whole length; the aperture is large, terminal. Distribution Station 1232-41, 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 2 miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 42-45 fathoms. Ophiodissa laxa Fraser O phiodissa laxa FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 45. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution.—North of Clarion Island, 35-36 fathoms. Family Hebellidae Genus HEBELLA Hebella calcarata (A. Agassiz) Lafoea calcarata A. Acassiz, N. A. Acalephae, 1865, p. 122. Hebella calcarata FRasER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 46. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. Distribution Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms; north of Clarion Island, 35-36 fathoms; inside Georges Island, Gulf of California, 12-13 fathoms; south of Isla Partida, 20 fathoms; off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms; south of White Friars Islands, Mexico, 25 fathoms. 228 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Genus SCANDIA Scandia corrugata Fraser Scandia corrugata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 46. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution—Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms. Scandia (?) expansa Fraser Scandia expansa FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 140. Distribution—East of Point Fermin, Calif., shore; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms; Puerto Re- fugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of California, 78-90 fathoms ; between Angel de la Guardia and Mejia Islands, 6-11 fathoms; Chaca- hua Bay, Mexico, 45-50 fathoms; entrance to Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos, 50-60 fathoms; between Wreck and Stephens Bays, Chatham Island, 35 fathoms. Scandia mutabilis (Ritchie) Campanularia mutabilis RircHi£, Hyd. Cape de Verde Islands, 1907, p. 504. Scandia mutabilis FrAsER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 47. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 133. Distribution.—3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; east of San Francisco Island, Gulf of California, 47 fathoms; Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Islands, Mexico, 13 fathoms. Family Lafoeidae Genus ACRYPTOLARIA Acryptolaria conferta (Allman) Cryptolaria conferta ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 17. Acryptolaria conferta FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 4, 1939, p. 155. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 210. Distribution.—San Pedro Channel, Calif., 68-82 fathoms; 614 miles east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 267-347 fathoms; 614 miles east of Long Point, 300 fathoms; 1134 miles SE of Church Rock, 280 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 229 Genus FILELLUM Filellum serpens (Hassall) Campanularia serpens HASsALL, Trans. Micro. Soc., 1852, p. 163. Filellum serpens FrAsER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 116. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 47. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution —2¥Y4 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23- 28 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 17-18 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 23-28 fathoms; 1 mile south of East Point, 15-16 fathoms; 3 miles SW of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 15-19 fathoms; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, 19-20 fathoms; 1 mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 25-28 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, Calif., 47-48 fathoms; north of Santa Barbara Island, 32-40 fathoms; 4 miles east of Landing, Santa Barbara Island, 40 fathoms; 5 miles— 152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 314 miles—238° off Huntington Beach, 74-77 fathoms; % mile off White Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 33-37 fathoms; off White Cove, 40-80 fathoms; %4 mile north of Long Point, 21-40 fathoms; 5 miles SW of Church Rock, 117-118 fathoms; 214 miles east of Church Rock, 59-61 fathoms; south of Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, 55-69 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 45-46 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, 30-31 fathoms; San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, 75 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 10 and 46-75 fathoms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 78-90 fathoms. Genus LAFOEA Lafoea dumosa (Fleming) Sertularia dumosa FLEMING, Phil. Jour., II, 1828, p. 83. Lafoea dumosa Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 119. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 110. Distribution—Off San Pedro; off White Rock, Santa Catalina Island, 45 fathoms. 230 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Lafoea fruticosa Sars Lafoea fruticosa Sars, Norske Hyd., 1863, p. 30. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 120. Distribution—1¥% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15-21 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 23-26 fathoms; 13 miles SSE of East Point, 71-75 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, Calif., 47-48 fathoms; 714 miles SE of Seal Rocks, Santa Catalina Island, 152-200 fathoms; 214 miles SE of Seal Rocks, 87-90 fathoms; 5 miles east of Church Rock, 117-118 fathoms; 4 miles SE of Church Rock, 109-116 fathoms; 7 miles WSW of Church Rock, 46-57 fathoms; south of Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, 55-69 fathoms; 9 miles off San Diego, 78-80 fathoms. Lafoea gracillima (Alder) Campanularia gracillima ALDER, Trans. Tynes. F. C., 1857, p. 129. Lafoea gracillima FrasEr, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 121. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 4, 1939, p. 155. Distribution —Tyler Bight, San Miguel Island, shore; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-28 fathoms; 2% miles east of South Point, 15-21 fathoms; off Willow Anchorage, Santa Cruz Island, 32-44 fathoms; north of Santa Barbara Island, 37-40 fathoms; east of Santa Barbara Island; off Redondo Beach; south of San Pedro break- water, 24 fathoms; off Eagle Bank, north of Santa Catalina Island, 40-43 fathoms; off Howlands Landing, 130-160 fathoms; off Willow Cove; 37-44 fathoms; 1 mile east of Willow Cove, 83-125 fathoms; off Isthmus Cove, 80-100 fathoms; % mile north of Long Point, 21-40 fathoms; 7 miles east of Long Point, 230-240 fathoms; off Long Point, 40 fathoms; 14 mile off White Cove, 33-37 fathoms; Avalon Bay, 98-116 fathoms; off SE end of Santa Catalina Island, 83-125 and 117-128 fathoms; 214 miles east of Seal Rocks, 152-200 fathoms; 4 miles east of Church Rock, 102-116 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Church Rock, 117-118 fathoms; 4 miles SE of Church Rock, 109-116 fathoms; 3 miles SE of Church Rock, 100-105 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 4 miles NE of buoy, Cortes Bank, 59-60 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 37-40 fathoms; Ranger Bank, west of Cedros Island, 78-83 fathoms; 814 miles south of Cedros Island, 65 fathoms; 7% miles SSW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 63-66 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 231 Lafoea intermedia Fraser Lafoea intermedia Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 47. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution.—South of San Miguel Island, 130-138 fathoms; 114 miles south of Crook Point, 41-43 fathoms; off Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 110-140 fathoms; 14 mile south of west end of Ana- capa Island, 25-26 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 140-150 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 40-48 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 37-40 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; 714 miles SSW of Natividad Island, 63-66 fathoms; Outer Gorda Bank, Gulf of Califor- nia, 59-95 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, 10 and 46-75 fathoms. Lafoea regia, new species Plate 26, Fig. 13 Trophosome.—( Description from a fragment 4 cm in length.) Col- ony stout, rigid; main stem fascicled, but with fewer tubes than in the common species of this genus. In the specimen described as well as in a specimen from Station 1188-40, 6 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, all ot the branches are given off from the same side of the stem, nearly at right angles to the stem; they are fascicled nearly to the end, but the tubes are few. Each of the two largest branches has a secondary branch. The hydrothecae are similar in shape to those in L. fruticosa Sars, but are much larger, 1.8 x 0.4 mm, with one twist at the base; they are given off in regular alternation, fronto-laterally, from the theca-bearing tube, hence they are not nearly in the same plane. The margin flares slightly, and duplication may take place. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 983-39, 1514 miles WNW of Santa Barbara Island, 70 fathoms; 6 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 150-155 fath- oms; 214 miles SE of Seal Rocks, 87-90 fathoms. Remarks.—The queen of American species of Lafoea bears much re- semblance to L. fruticosa Sars, and particularly to those specimens of that species in which the branches are all on the one side of the stem. The stem may be just as stout as the stem in that species, but there are not so many tubes in the fascicle. he hydrothecae are fronto-laterally, not directly laterally placed, and, of course, they are much larger; there is less twisting in the pedicels. Without any information as to the nature of 232 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 the coppinia, the relationship cannot be traced into the gonosome. If the resemblance exists here as well, it will be safe to conclude that L. regia has been developed directly from L. fruticosa, a species common in this general region. Lafoea tenellula Allman Lafoea tenellula ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 12. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 227. Distribution —6% miles ENE of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 300 fathoms. Genus LICTORELLA Lictorella adhaerens Fraser Lictorella adhaerens FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 48. Distribution —1 mile WNW of Anacapa Island, 41-43 fathoms; NE of Anacapa Island, 50 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 40-48 fathoms ; 11 miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 45-46 fathoms; off San Benito Islands, Lower Calif., 51-52 fathoms; off San Pedro Nolasco Island, Gulf of California, 93-111 fathoms. Lictorella convallaria (Allman) Lafoea convallaria ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 12. Lictorella cervicornis NUTTING, Hawaiian Hyd., 1905, p. 946. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 123. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 48. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Lictorella convallaria FRASER, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 229. Distribution —13 miles SSE of East Point, Santa Rosa Island, 71-75 fathoms; 7 miles east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, on set line; 634 miles east of Long Point, 267-347 fathoms; 61%4 miles NE by E of Long Point, 228 fathoms; 414 miles west of Church Rock, 50-51 fath- oms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms; Ranger Bank, west of Cedros Island, 78-83 fathoms; 5% miles south of San Benito Islands, 69-81 fathoms; 814 miles south of San Benito Islands, 71-72 fathoms; 71% miles WSW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 63-66 fathoms; San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, 75 and 120 fathoms; San Lorenzo Channel, Gulf of California, 3-5 fathoms; off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 233 Lictorella reflexa, new species Plate 26, Fig. 14 Trophosome.—The largest colony obtained was 4.5 cm; the main stem is stout, strongly fascicled, with some large branches given off at a wide angle; these are also fascicled, and even the secondary branches may be slightly so in the proximal portion. The simple branch is somewhat sinuous, with a well marked node near each bend. The hydrotheca is almost the reverse of that in L. convallaria in shape, that is to say, the curve is backward rather than forward, and it is similarly abrupt on the concave side. The pedicel is short, curved, with the convex side towards the base of the colony, i.e., the curve is opposite in type to that of the hydrotheca. The pedicel is not annulated but the hydrothecal septum is strongly marked. There is a long, slender nematophore on the basal por- tion of the pedicel ; the nematophores on the fascicled portion of the stem or branch are larger than those on the simple stem or branch. Gonosome.—The coppinia surrounds the main stem near its base; it is elliptical, 6 x 2 mm, the long axis in the direction of the stem. The gonangia are not very closely placed ; each gonangium is broad at the base and tapers to the small opening; usually the narrower portion is slightly curved. The modified hydrothecae are not especially numerous; each is long and slender, usually forked at the extremity, but the two parts of the fork are not the same length. It looks somewhat like a phylactogonium of some of the species of Cladocarpus. Distribution.—Station 1246-41, Ranger Bank, west of the northern part of Cedros Island, 78-83 fathoms; 13 miles SSE of East Point, Santa Rosa Island, 71-75 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, Calif., 47- 48 fathoms; north of Santa Barbara Island, 37-40 fathoms; 614 miles SE of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 46 fathoms; 4 miles east of Church Rock, 106-110 fathoms ; 1 mile south of Ben Weston Point, 45-49 fathoms; San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, 120 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 46-75 fathoms; off San Pedro Nolasco Island, 55-57 fathoms. Lictorella rigida, new species Plates 26, 27, Fig. 15 Trophosome.—Colony coarse, heavy, rigid, fascicled; in the smaller colonies there are no large branches similar to the main stem, but in the larger colonies, there may be two such large branches, up to 4 cm, one on each side of the stem, nearly opposite to each other. The stem and primary 234 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 branches give rise to smaller secondary branches, none more than 1 cm in length, sub-alternate or sub-opposite in position; these also are rigid and straight, and are fascicled to within a short distance of the distal end. All the parts of the colony are in the same plane. Hydrothecae are given off the stem, primary and secondary branches; they are arranged alter- nately, and on the terminal portion of the secondary branches, this alter- nation is quite regular. The hydrotheca has a short pedicel, and there is a slight twist where the hydrotheca leaves the pedicel. The hydrotheca is nearly tubular, and is curved much like that in L. gracillima, but the whole hydrotheca and pedicel are like those of Zygophylax rigida Fraser, but they are entirely free from the stem or branch. As in Z. rigida, there is a nematophore on the basal portion of the pedicel; it is like the numer- ous nematophores on the tubes of the fascicled stem, all of fair size, and tubular. Gonosome.—The coppinia is large, encircling the main stem for a distance of 4 cm or more. The gonangia are large, flask-shaped, and closely crowded. There are no modified hydrothecae in the mass to serve for protection. Distribtuion.—Station 1081-40, north of Isla Partida, Gulf of Cali- fornia, 46-76 fathoms; 1 mile south of Ben Weston Point, Santa Cata- lina, 45-49 fathoms. Remarks.—This species is much coarser than any other species of Lictorella reported from the Eastern Pacific; in this respect it is more like L. crassicaulis Fraser, obtained in the West Indies, but the branching is not at all similar, nor is there much similarity in the other characters. As mentioned above, the hydrotheca and its accompanying nematophore are much similar to those of Zygophylax rigida. The nearest approach to these in the genus Lictorella appears in L. reflexa Fraser, although here the hydrotheca is smaller and the nematophore is larger. Among the spe- cies already reported, this species must be the closest relative; the two of them have been obtained in the same region. Family Synthecidae Genus SYNTHECIUM Synthecium cylindricum (Bale) Sertularella cylindrica BALE, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W., (2), 3, 1888, p. 765. Synthecium cylindricum FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 124. No. 5 FRASER! HYDROIDS 235 Distribution —2™% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23- 28 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 12-18 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 23-26 fathoms; 1 mile south of East Point, 15-16 fath- oms; 3 miles SE of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 15-19 fathoms; 1 mile SE of Smugglers Cove, 15-21 fathoms; Willow Anchorage, low tide; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 1 mile NW of White Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 2-3 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 37-40 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; Dewey Channel, oppo- site San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; 814 miles south of Dewey Chan- nel, 49 fathoms; off Secas Islands, Panama, 12 fathoms. Synthecium projectum Fraser Synthecium projectum Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 49. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution—South of White Friars Islands, Mexico, 25 fathoms. Synthecium symmetricum Fraser Synthecium symmetricum FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 50. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution —Offt San Pedro. Family Sertularidae Genus ABIETINARIA Abietinaria abietina (Linn.) Sertularia abietina LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 808. A bietinaria abietina Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 126. Distribution—San Luis Obispo Bay, Calif., 8-14 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 37-40 fathoms. Abietinaria amphora Nutting A bietinaria amphora NuttiNncG, Amer. Hyd., II, 1904, p. 119. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 127. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution —1%4 miles east of Cardwell Point, San Miguel Island, 20-21 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-28 fathoms; 234 miles east of South Point, 17-18 fathoms; 1 mile south of East Point, 15-16 fathoms; 3 miles SW of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 15-19 fathoms; 1 mile SE of Smugglers Cove, 15-21 fath- 236 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 oms; Willow Anchorage, low tide; 0.3 miles NW of Pelican Bay, 35 fathoms; 14 mile north of Platt Harbor, 36-47 fathoms; 14 mile NE of Platt Harbor, 31-37 fathoms; 1 mile north of San Pedro Point, 26-40 fathoms; 1% mile south of Gull Island, 34-41 fathoms; east of Gull Island, 6-10 fathoms; 14 mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 25-26 fathoms ; 4 miles east of Landing, Santa Barbara Island, 40 fathoms; 9% miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 90-110 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 25-28 and 35-40 fathoms; 15 miles SE of La Jolla, 23 fathoms. Abietinaria anguina (Trask) Sertularia anguina TRASK, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sc., 1857, p. 112. A bietinaria anguina FrasrEr, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 128. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 110. Distribution.—Off Point Arguello, Calif., 15-30 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15-21 fathoms; 34 mile east of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 23-25 fathoms; 114 miles SE of Point Mugu, Calif., 26-30 fathoms; off San Pedro; 1% mile east of Abalone Point, Laguna Beach, 44-46 fathoms; 444 miles WNW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 90-100 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 37-40 fathoms; 4 miles north of Todos Santos Island, Lower Calif., 40 fathoms. Abietinaria expansa Fraser A bietinaria expansa FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 112. Distribution —2Y% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23- 28 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 17-18 fathoms; 2.6 miles east of South Point, 35-38 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 17-20 fath- oms; 614 miles SE of South Point, 46 fathoms; 1 mile south of East Point, 15-16 fathoms; 3 miles SW of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 15-19 fathoms; %4 mile south of Gull Island, 34-41 fathoms; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, 19-20 fathoms; 1 mile north of west end of Anacapa Island, 45-46 fathoms; Anacapa Passage, 15-50 fathoms; 1 mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 125-135 fathoms; 34 mile east of Cat Rock, 23-25 fathoms ; 714 miles east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 228- 267 fathoms; 1 mile SW of Ben Weston Point, 45-49 fathoms; 1 mile NE of Castle Rock, San Clemente Island, 45-50 fathoms; west of Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, 8-9 fathoms; 434 miles SE of buoy, Cortes Bank, 125-131 fathoms; 34 mile off Point Loma, 9-13 fathoms; Rosario Bay, Lower Calif., 10-15 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 45-55 fathoms; off San Jose Point, Guatemala, 12-13 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 237 Abietinaria greenei (Murray) Sertularia greenei MURRAY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), V, 1860, p. 504. A bietinaria greenei FrAsER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 132. Distribution —Off Point Arguello, Calif., 15-30 fathoms. Abietinaria pacifica Stechow Plate 27, Fig. 16 A bietinaria pacifica STECHOW, Hyd. Fauna des Mittelsmeeres, etc., 1923, p. 197; Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 134. Trophosome.—In 1923, Stechow described the species 4. pacifica from a fragment 6 mm long, on the back of a crab. It has not been re- ported since until now that several fine colonies have appeared in the Hancock collections obtained in the region extending from the northern Channel Islands, Calif., to Cedros Island, Lower Calif. Many of these are larger, up to 9.5 cm, with numerous branches arranged regularly, as they are in the smaller specimens. Some of the branches are longer than the 7 mm which Stechow mentions; the longest 12 mm. Gonosome.—(Not previously described.) The gonangia are similar to those of 4. traski, but instead of being crowded on the face of the branches, they are scattered, with but few on a branch. They are similarly obovate, without a collar, and with a smooth surface. Distribution——1 mile NE of San Miguel Island, 35-39 fathoms; mile south of Crook Point, 41-43 fathoms; 614 miles SE of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 46 fathoms; 314 miles east of South Point, 35-38 fathoms; Santa Cruz Channel, 32-34 fathoms; Prisoners Harbor, Santa Cruz Island, 35-45 fathoms; 1 mile north of San Pedro Point, 45-46 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Anacapa Island, 47-52 fathoms; 1 mile north of west end of Anacapa Island, 45-46 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, 47-48 fathoms; off Redondo Beach, 96-120 fathoms; east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 35-46 fathoms; off White Cove, 40-80 fathoms; Avalon Bay, 98-116 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 140-150 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Church Rock, 109-116 fathoms ; 1%4 miles north of Cedros Island, 55-60 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms; Ranger Bank, west of Cedros Island, 76-83 fath- oms; 514 miles south of San Benito Islands, 69-81 fathoms. Remarks.—The species bears much resemblance to 4. traski (Tor- rey), even in color, and must be closely related to that species. The main differences are in the shape of the hydrotheca, the distance between suc- cessive hydrothecae, and particularly, the distance to the first hydrotheca on the branch. 238 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Abietinaria traski (Torrey) Sertularia traski ToRREY, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 69. A bietinaria traski FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 135. Distribution.—6 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 28-30 fathoms; 10 miles SE by %4 E of South Point, 73-75 fathoms; 4.6 miles SW by % W of East Point, 40 fathoms; 3 miles south of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 20-24 fathoms; 114 miles NW of Cavern Point, 54- 56 fathoms; 3 miles NW of San Pedro Point, 46-47 fathoms; % mile east of San Pedro Point, 26-40 fathoms; 314 miles NE of San Pedro Point, 46-47 fathoms; off Gull Island, 39-43 and 110-140 fathoms; 4 mile south of Gull Island, 34-41 fathoms; 1 mile SE of Smugglers Cove, 17-20 fathoms; 214 miles NW of Anacapa Island, 48-51 fathoms; % mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 25-26 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Anacapa Island Light, 47-52 fathoms; 34 miles SE of Cat Rock, 23-25 fathoms; NE of Anacapa Island, 45 fathoms; 11 miles south of Seal Beach, Calif., 82-95 fathoms; 134 miles west of Catalina Head, Santa Catalina Island, 50-51 fathoms; 34 miles east of Empire Landing, 46-57 fathoms; 2.8 miles WNW of Long Point, 64-88 fathoms; 314 miles WNW of Long Point, 40 fathoms; 7 miles east of Long Point, 228-267 fathoms; off White Cove, 40-80 fathoms; east of White Cove, 121-160 fathoms; SE of Santa Catalina Island, 117-128 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 140-150 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Church Rock, 117-118 fathoms; 4 miles SE of Church Rock, 109-116 fathoms; 2% miles SE of Church Rock, 59-61 fathoms; 1 mile SW of Ben Weston Point, 45-49 fathoms; off Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, 55-110 fathoms; south of Pyramid Cove, 55-69 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 and 40-48 fathoms; 4 miles NE of buoy, Cortes Bank, 59-60 fath- oms; 41%4 miles WNW of buoy, 90-110 fathoms; 6 miles ESE of buoy, 56 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 61-63 and 64-65 fathoms; Ranger Bank, 76-77 and 78-83 fathoms; off San Benito Islands, 51-52 fathoms. Genus DIPHASIA Diphasia kincaidi (Nutting) Thuiaria elegans Nuttinc, Hyd. Harriman Exped., 1901, p. 187. Thuiaria kincaidi NuTTING, Amer. Nat., 1901, p. 789. Diphasia kincaidi NuTTING, Amer. Hyd., II, 1904, p. 112. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 139. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 239 Distribution.—Yaquina Bay, Ore., 2-5 fathoms; 314 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 35-38 fathoms; south of Santa Cruz Island, 37-40 fathoms; %4 mile north of Platt Harbor, 31-37 fathoms; 1 mile south of Gull Island, south of Santa Cruz Island, 34-41 fathoms; 1 mile WNW of Anacapa Island, 43-45 fathoms; %4 mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 25-26 fathoms; Avalon Bay, Santa Catalina Island, 98-116 fathoms; Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, 10 fath- oms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 and 40-48 fathoms. Genus HYDRALLMANIA Hydrallmania distans Nutting Hydrallmania distans NuTTING, Hyd. Alaska and Puget Sound, 1899, p. 746. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 140. Distribution—Near mouth of Salinas River, Monterey Bay, Calif., 10-13 fathoms; off San Pedro breakwater, 14 fathoms; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 14 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 140-150 fath- oms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms ; Coronado Beach, San Diego, 6-7 fathoms. Genus PASYA Pasya quadridentata (Ellis and Solander) Sertularia quadridentata ELLs and SOLANDER, Nat. Hist. Zooph., 1786, Role Pasythea quadridentata NuTTING, Amer. Hyd., IT, 1904, p. 75. Pasya quadridentata FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 50. Fraskr, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution—South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms; off San Juanico Bay, 16 fathoms. Genus SELAGINOPSIS Selaginopsis constans, new species Plate 27, Fig. 17 Trophosome.—Colony 6 cm, coarse and rigid, as in the other species of Selaginopsis; there are no distintc nodes in either stem or branches. There are but few branches, arranged alternately in the distal portion of the colony ; each branch is constricted at the base. The arrangement of the hydrothecae is distinctive, as there is the same number of series, 4, in the 240 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 stem and in the branches. As the hydrothecae are shaped much like those in S. cylindrica (Clark), or perhaps even more like those of S. pinnata Mer- eschkowsky, a portion of the branch looks like the proximal portion of the branch of S. cylindrica or any part of the branch in S. pinnata. On the stem, of course, the arrangement is entirely different since in those two species, there are but two series of hydrothecae. The hydrothecae are almost completely immersed; the entire margin is almost vertical. The operculum consists of a single abcauline flap. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 1283-41, 2% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-28 fathoms; north of Santa Barbara Island, 100 fathoms. Selaginopsis mirabilis (Verrill) Diphasia mirabilis VERRILL, Amer. Jour. Sc., (3), 5, 1872, p. 9. Selaginopsis mirabilis FrRAsER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 145. Distribution.—Puget Sound. Selaginopsis trilateralis Fraser Selaginopsis trilateralis FRASER, Queen Charlotte Hyd., 1936, p. 504. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 148. Distribution —NE of Anacapa Island, 50 fathoms; 1% miles north of Cedros Island, 55-60 fathoms. Selaginopsis triserialis Mereschkowsky Selaginopsis triserialis MERESCHKOWSKY, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), II, 1878, p. 435. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 148. Distribution.—3 miles south of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 20- 24 fathoms; Prisoners Harbor, 35-45 fathoms; 34 mile east of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 23-25 fathoms; NE of Anacapa Island, 50 fathoms; 1514 miles WNW of Santa Barbara Island, 70 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 55-60 fathoms. Genus SERTULARELLA Sertularella amphorifera Allman Sertularella amphorifera ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 22. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 256. Distribution —9 miles off San Diego, 78-81 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 64-65 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 241 Sertularella clausa Allman Sertularella clausa ALLMAN, Challenger Hyd., II, 1888, p. 54. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution—Between Wreck and Stephens Bays, Chatham Island, Galapagos, 35 fathoms. Sertularella conica Allman Sertularella conica ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 21. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 151. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 51. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution—Off San Pedro; off Navidad Head, Tenacatita Bay, Mexico, 25-35 fathoms; Chacahua Bay, Mexico, 5-10 fathoms; Secas Islands, Panama, 12 fathoms; off Octavia Rocks, Colombia, 45 fathoms ; off Bindloe Island, Galapagos, 15 fathoms; off Barrington Island, 48-73 fathoms. Sertularella erecta Fraser Sertularella erecta FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 141. Fraser, Some California Hyd., 1940, p. 42. Distribution.—3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 17-20 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21- 24 fathoms. Sertularella exilis Fraser Sertularella exilis FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 51. Distribution—North of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 76 fathoms. Sertularella formosa Fewkes Sertularella formosa FEwKES, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 1881, p;, 130. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 52. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution.—Secas Islands, Panama, 2-5 fathoms; Taboga Island, 2-5 fathoms; Pinas Bay, 30-35 fathoms. 242 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Sertularella fusiformis (Hincks) Sertularia fusiformis H1ncks, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), VIII, 186i; ip: 253. Sertularella fusiformis FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 153. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 52. Distribution —FEast of Point Fermin, Calif., shore; 1 mile NW of White Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 2-3 fathoms. Sertularella multinoda, new species Plate 28, Fig. 18 Trophosome.—Colony simple, rigid, 2.5 mm, with few branches, simi- lar to the main stem, given off irregularly but alternately. The stem and branches are sinuous; the internodes are short, and the bend takes place at the oblique node. There may be some sign of annulation or wrinkling in the stem and branches. A hydrotheca is given off by each internode, the hydrotheca alternating; as the internode is so short, the hydrotheca is usually longer than the short, opposite side of the internode. The hydro- theca is nearly cylindrical, but is slightly turgid near the base, and slightly contracted below the margin. There are 3 teeth on the margin, usually 2 of them more prominent than the other one; there are 3 opercular flaps. The surface is transversely corrugated, with the rounded corrugations usually visible all around the hydrotheca. Gonosome.—The gonangia appear either on the stem or on the branch; they are elongated oval, 1.4 x 0.6 mm, tapering quite sharply to each end; the distal end forms a short, slender neck, with the terminal aperture small. The whole surface is transversely corrugated, with rounded corrugations. Distribution —Station 287-34, South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fath- oms. Remarks.—The species resembles Sertularella pinnata Clark more than any other species recorded from the northeast Pacific, but the colony is not so irregular, the cauline internodes are shorter, the teeth on the mar- gin of the hydrotheca are not so prominent, but the annulation through- out the colony is more in evidence, particularly in the wall of the hydro- theca. The gonangium is on the same general plan, but it is not askew as it is in §. pinnata. The differences are too great to indicate very close relationship. NO. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 243 Sertularella pedrensis Torrey Sertularella pedrensis ‘Torrey, Hyd. San Diego, 1904, p. 27. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 155. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 110. Distribution—San Miguel Passage, 18-19 fathoms; off Becher Bay, Santa Rosa Island, 10 and 16 fathoms; 3%4 miles east of South Point, 35-38 fathoms; 61%4 miles SE of South Point, 41 fathoms; 6.5 miles SE by E of South Point, 57 fathoms; 3.6 miles south of East Point, 54-55 fathoms; 3 miles south of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 20-24 fath- oms; off Gull Island, 39-43 fathoms; 1 mile north of San Pedro Point, 45-46 fathoms; 314 miles NE of San Pedro Point, 46-47 fathoms; Ana- capa Passage, 15-50 fathoms; 1 mile WNW of Anacapa Island, 41-43 fathoms; 1 mile north of west end of Anacapa Island, 45-46 fathoms; % mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 25-26 fathoms; NE of Ana- capa Island, 50 fathoms; east of Anacapa Island, 50 fathoms; 3% miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms; % mile SE of Point Mugu, 26-30 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, 47-48 fathoms; off Re- dondo Beach, 136-172 fathoms; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 22-28 fathoms; San Pedro Channel, 67-110 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; Newport Channel, 4-10 fathoms; San Pedro Channel, 12 miles SW of Newport, 235-250 fathoms; off Abalone Point, Laguna Beach, 129 fathoms; off Eagle Bank, Santa Catalina Island, 40- 43 fathoms; 1 mile east of Empire Landing, 15-20 fathoms; 1% mile east of Willow Cove, 37-44 and 44-50 fathoms; off Isthmus Cove, 59-69 and 80-100 fathoms; off Goat Harbor, 15-20 fathoms; off Emerald Bay, 65- 90 fathoms; 2.8 miles WNW of Long Point, 60-68 fathoms; % milé west of Long Point, 21-40 fathoms; off Long Point, 40 and 50 fathoms ; west of Long Point, 20-50 fathoms; east of Long Point, 35-46 and 40-80 fathoms; 1 mile east of White Cove, 21 fathoms; off White Cove, 36-41 and 40-80 fathoms; 134 miles east of White Cove, 45-50 fathoms; Ava- lon Bay, 98-116 fathoms; off Bend Rock, 31-40 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 140-150 fathoms; 214 miles SE of Church Rock, 59-61 fathoms; 1 mile SW of Ben Weston Point, 45-49 fathoms; south of Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, 55-69 and 55-110 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 and 41-48 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 45-46 fath- oms; 4 miles north of Todos Santos Island, Lower Calif., 40 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 20-25 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 61-63 and 64-65 fathoms; Ranger Bank, 76-77 and 78-83 fath- oms; off San Benito Islands, 51-52 and 71-95 fathoms; 1 mile south of 244 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 San Benito Islands, 44-49 fathoms; 514 miles south of San Benito Is- lands, 66-81 fathoms; 814 miles south of San Benito Islands, 71-72 fath- oms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, 30-31 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, 24-25 fathoms; off Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island, 17-46 fathoms; north of Clarion Island, 35-36 and 30-40 fathoms; San Jaime Bank, off Cape San Lucas, 75 and 120 fathoms; off Los Frailes, Gulf of California, 5-15 fathoms; Aqua Verde Bay, shore; off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, 10 and 46-75 fath- oms; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, 11-22 and 78-90 fath- oms; between Angel de la Guardia and Mejia Islands, 6-11 and 51-54 fathoms; off San Pedro Nolasco Island, 55-57 fathoms; Gulf of Dulce, Costa Rica, 19-48 fathoms. Sertularella rugosa ( Linn.) Sertularia rugosa LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 813. Sertularella rugosa FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 157. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 52. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution—Offt Redondo Beach, Calif., east of Point Fermin, shore; Santa Maria Bay, Lower Calif., 5-25 fathoms; off Lobos de Afuera Islands, Peru, shore and 25-30 fathoms. Sertularella similis, new species Plate 28, Fig. 19 Trophosome.—Colony rigid, 25 mm, or usually much less, un- branched, or with one or two branches given off nearly at right angles, seemingly loosely attached to the stem, as though a planula had settled on the surface and started to grow a colony. There is little or no indication of nodes, but the hydrothecae are given off in regular alternation. The hydrotheca is large, nearly 1.0 mm in length, not extensively immersed, but projecting outward at a wide angle to the stem. There are 4 teeth on the margin, and 4 flaps in the operculum. The special feature is the nature of the transverse corrugations; they are narrow, with a distinct ridge, and hence numerous; they pass all around the hydrotheca. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution —Station 561-36, south of Isla Partida, Gulf of Califor- nia, 70 fathoms. Remarks.—The trophosome of the species resembles that of S. conica Allman in almost every character. The feature difference is the numerous corrugations, so strongly marked, passing all around the hydrotheca, that take the place of the few, incomplete annulations that appear in S. conica. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 245 These corrugations are almost as much pronounced as they are in S. or- nata Fraser, where the hydrotheca is much smaller. It would appear that S. similis is a recent derivative of S. conica, as it appears within the range of that species, but without the gonangium it is not wise to be too definite in the matter. Sertularella sinuosa, new species Plate 28, Fig. 20 Trophosome.—The colony is small, growing from a non-reticulate stolon, unbranched, slender, with a maximum height of 20 mm, usually much less than this. ‘he stem is sinuous, divided into regular, short inter- nodes which are slightly oblique, or directly transverse. The hydrothecae are strictly alternate, nearly tubular, but slightly turgid in the proximal portion, turned outward to such an extent that the distal half is almost at right angles with the stem; margin with 3 well-marked, sharp teeth, much like those of S. tricuspidata (Alder) ; operculum of 3 flaps. Like the stem, the hydrothecae are small, 0.5 x 0.16 mm. Gonosome.— The gonangium arises from the aperture of the proximal hydrothecae, there may be 2 on the one stem; it is large, as much as 1.6 mm in length, obovate or elliptical, smooth, with a short pedicel extend- ing from the aperture of the hydrotheca. Distribution —Off San Pedro, Calif., depth not given; 34 mile east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 17-20 fathoms; 2%4 miles east of South Point, 23-28 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 17-18 fath- oms; 3 miles east of South Point, 17-20 fathoms; 4.6 miles SW1%4W of East Point, 40 fathoms; 414 miles NE of Sandy Point, 35-36 fathoms; 1 mile SE of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, 15-21 fathoms; 34 mile SE of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 23-25 fathoms; Laguna Beach, low tide; 1 mile NW of White Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 2-3 fathoms ; off San Nicolas Island, 30 fathoms; west of Dutch Harbor, 8-9 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 25-28 fathoms; 234 miles off Point Loma, 9-13 fathoms ; South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Chan- nel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms. Remarks.—This species has a habitus much similar to that of S. tur- gida, but the stem is much more slender and correspondingly less rigid than in that species. The species must be considered as aberrant in that the gonangium arises through the aperture of the hydrotheca, in which respect it resembles those in the genus Synthecium. It is possible that it should be placed in a new genus. 246 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Sertularella tenella (Alder) Sertularia tenella ALDER, Cat. Zooph. Northumberland, 1857, p. 113. Sertularella tenella FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 158. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 53. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 134. Distribution.—Puget Sound; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms. Sertularella tricuspidata (Alder) Sertularia tricuspidata ALDER, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), XVIII, 1856, p. 357. Sertularella tricuspidata FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 159. Distribution.—4.6 miles SWY%4W of East Point, Santa Rosa Island, 40 fathoms; 3 miles south of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 20-24 fathoms; 11% miles NW of Cavern Point, 54-56 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, 47-48 fathoms; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 11 fathoms; Avalon, Santa Catalina Island, shore; 2%4 miles SE of Church Rock, 59-61 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 4 miles north of Todos Santos Island, Lower Calif., 41 fathoms; 8 miles west of Cedros Island, 61-63 and 64-65 fathoms. Sertularella turgida (Trask) Sertularia turgida TRASK, Trans. Calif. Acad. Sc., 1857, p. 113. Sertularella turgida FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 160. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 53. Distribution —2¥%4 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23- 28 fathoms; 2% miles east of South Point, 17-18 fathoms; 4.6 miles SW4W of East Point, 40 fathoms; 1 mile south of East Point, 15-16 and 19-20 fathoms; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, 19-20 fathoms; Willow Anchorage, low tide; east of Gull Island, 6-10 fathoms; 314 miles NE of San Pedro Point, 46-47 fathoms; Anacapa Passage, 15-50 fathoms; 34 mile SE of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 23-25 fathoms; 314 miles south of Hueneme, 29-30 fathoms; 1 mile east of Santa Barbara Island, 20-40 fathoms; 4 miles east of Landing, 40 fath- oms; off Redondo Beach; off San Pedro breakwater, 4 fathoms; off Ana- heim; San Pedro Channel, 67-110 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; Newport Channel, Balboa Peninsula, landing float ; 3.5 miles WNW of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 40 fathoms; % mile off White Cove, 33-37 fathoms; 1 mile SW of Ben No. 5 FRASER! HYDROIDS 247 Weston Point, 45-49 fathoms; north of Santa Catalina Island, 50 fath- oms; off Wilson Cove, San Clemente Island, 52-61 fathoms; south of Pyramid Cove, 55-69 fathoms ; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 11 miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 45-46 fathoms; 1 mile south of San Benito Islands, 44-49 fathoms; 81% miles south of Dewey Channel, Low- er Calif., 49 fathoms. Genus SERTULARIA Sertularia cornicina (McCrady) Dynamena cornicina McCrapy, Gymno. Charleston Har., 1859, p. 204. Sertularia cornicina Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 161. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 54. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution—Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms. Sertularia dalmasi (Versluys) Thuiaria sertularioides ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 28. Desmoscyphus dalmasi VersLuys, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, 1899, p. 38. Sertularia rathbuni Nutrinc, Amer. Hyd., II, 1904, p. 57. Sertularia dalmasi Frassr, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 286. Distribution—South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Sertularia desmoides Torrey Sertularia desmoidis Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 65. Sertularia desmoides Torrey, Hydroids San Diego Region, 1904, p. 30. Sertularia desmoides FRAsER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 161. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 54. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. Distribution—Pacific Grove, Calif.; south of San Miguel Island, 15-24 fathoms; 1 mile south of Cardwell Point, 15-24 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 17-20 fathoms; 1 mile south of East Point, 15-16 fathoms; 3 miles SW of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 15-19 fathoms; 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, 19-20 fathoms; east of Gull Island, 6-10 and 11-19 fathoms; % mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 25-26 fathoms; 114 miles SE of Point Mugu, 26-30 fathoms; east of Santa Barbara Island, 19-20 fathoms; off Redondo 248 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Beach; east of Point Fermin, shore; off Anaheim; off Huntington Beach, 4-20 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fath- oms; off Isthmus Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 80-100 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Catalina Island, 140-150 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; west of Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, 8-9 fathoms; Tan- ner Bank, 25-28 fathoms; 714 miles south of Point Loma, 30-33 fathoms ; South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms; south of Isla Partida, Gulf of California, 20 fathoms; off White Rock, Isla Partida, 45 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, 10 fathoms; off Navidad Head, Tenacatita Bay, Mexico, 25-35 fathoms; Petatlan Bay, shore. Sertularia exigua Allman Sertularia exigua ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 24. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 54. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution —Off Abalone Point, Laguna Beach, Calif., 54-57 fath- oms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; off Santa Maria Bay, 18-25 fathoms; north of Isla Partida, Gulf of Califor- nia, 10 fathoms; off Consag Rock, 40-45 fathoms; Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Islands, Mexico, 13 fathoms; T'angola Tangola, shore. Sertularia furcata Trask Sertularia furcata TRASK, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sc., 1857, p. 112. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 162. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 55. FRASER, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 110. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution —2¥V miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 17- 18 fathoms; 1 mile south of East Point, 15-16 fathoms; 4 miles east of Landing, Santa Barbara Island, 40 fathoms; off Santa Monica, on drift; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 11 fathoms; in the channel, Newport Inlet, 4-10 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; Avalon Bay, Santa Catalina Island ; west of Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, 8-9 fathoms; San Quentin Bay, Lower Calif., 3-5 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 45-55 fathoms; Dewey Channel, oppo- site San Eugenio Point, Lower Calif., 21-24 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 249 Sertularia inflata (Versluys) Desmoscyphus gracilis ALLMAN, Challenger Hyd., II, 1888, p. 71. Desmoscyphus inflatus VERsLUYS, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, 1899, p. 42. Sertularia versluysi NuTTING, Amer. Hyd. II, 1904, p. 53. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 55. Sertularia inflata FraszEr, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 283. Distribution—Santa Elena Bay, Ecuador, 8-10 fathoms. Sertularia mayeri Nutting Sertularia mayeri NuTTING, Amer. Hyd., II, 1904, p. 59. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 55. Distribution.—3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms. Sertularia operculata Linn. Sertularia operculata LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 808. Nuttinec, Amer. Hyd., II, p. 54. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution Off Lobos de Afuera Islands, Peru, 25-30 fathoms; South Bay, Lobos de Afuera Islands, 12 fathoms. Sertularia pourtalesi Nutting Sertularia distans ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 25. Sertularia pourtalesi NUTTING, Amer. Hyd., II, 1904, p. 59. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 286. Distribution —4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms ; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; 814% miles south of Dewey Channel, 49 fathoms; San Juanico Bay, 24 fathoms. Sertularia stabilis, new species Plate 29, Fig. 21 Trophosome.—Colonies, growing to a height of 4 cm, but usually much less, grow in line from a filiform stolon; two colonies in succession are not far from each other, but the distance between varies. The stem is rigid, erect, branched. There is a pinched node just proximal to the first pair of hydrothecae, but there are no other definite nodes although the stem is constricted between each two pairs of hydrothecae in succession. The branches grow from the back of the stem, not from the side, the 250 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 longest 12 mm; they are all in the same plane but are irregularly placed, usually more of them on one side than on the other, but never numerous; except that they are more slender, they are much like the main stem. The hydrothecae are of medium size, 0.65 mm in length, nearly tubular, not curved outward very strongly ; on the face the pair is contiguous for about half the length, but on the back there is no such contact, as the hydro- thecae are fronto-laterally placed. ‘Iwo pairs in succession are separated by about one-third of the length of the hydrotheca. There are 2 teeth on the margin, and the operculum has 2 flaps. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 1075-40, inside Georges Island, near the head of the Gulf of California, 1114-13 fathoms. Sertularia stookeyi Nutting Sertularia stookeyi NuTTING, Amer. Hyd., II, 1904, p. 59. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 55. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution —3 miles NW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 30-31 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms ; Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of California, shore; east of San Esteban Island, 20-70 fathoms; Santa Elena Bay, Ecuador, 2-7 and 8-10 fathoms; North Seymour Island, Galapagos, shore ; Stephens Bay, Chatham Island, 12 fathoms. Genus THUIARIA Thuiaria crisioides (Lamouroux) Dynamena crisioides LAMOUROUX, Descr. Polyp. Flex., 1824, p. 613. Dynamena tubuliformis MARKTANNER, Hyd. K. K. Nat. Hof-Museums, 1890, p. 238. Thuiaria tubuliformis FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 56. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Thuiaria crisioides FRASER, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 296. Distribution—(All samples except those especially noted were ob- tained by shore collecting.) East of White Friars Islands, Mexico, 5-10 fathoms; Tangola Tangola; Playa Blanca, Costa Rica; Port Parker; Gulf of Dulce; south of Mala Point; Port Culebra; Wafer Bay, Cocos Island; Balboa, Canal Zone; Octavia Bay, Colombia; Cupica Bay; Port No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 251 Utria; Bindloe Island, Galapagos, 15 fathoms; NW of North Seymour Island ; west coast of South Seymour Island; west coast of James Island; Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island; Osborne Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island. Thuiaria fabricii (Levinsen) Sertularia fabricii LEVINSEN, Vid. Middel. Natyrh. Foren., 1893, p. 190. Thutaria fabrictt FRAsER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 168. Distribution—West of Fossil Point, Coos Bay, Ore., 4-6 fathoms. Thuiaria insociabilis, new species Plate 29, Fig. 22 Trophosome.—The colony observed was small, 13 mm; the main stem is neither straight nor rigid. There are 2 branches, 6 mm and 5 mm, both on the same side of the stem; there is a hydrotheca in the axil of each and 1 hydrotheca on the side of the stem between the 2 branches. The branches are more slender than the stem but otherwise resemble it. A process from the stem supports each branch and there is a distinct joint at its terminus; the proximal part of the stem is quite slender. The hydro- thecae are alternately arranged, the distance between 2 in succession being about twice the length of the hydrotheca. The hydrotheca is nearly tubu- lar, but tapers slightly towards the margin, curving slightly but regularly from base to margin, almost wholly immersed. There are no noticeable teeth on the margin; the operculum consists of a single, abcauline flap. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 1273-41, 5 miles NE of Anacapa Island Lighthouse, 125-135 fathoms. Thuiaria similis (Clark) Sertularia similis CLARK, Alaskan Hyd., 1876, p. 219. Thutaria similis FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 171. Distribution Puget Sound. Thuiaria simplex Fraser Thuiaria simplex FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 55. Fraser, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution —Off Cape San Francisco, Ecuador, 15 fathoms; Santa Elena Bay, 8-10 fathoms. 252 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Family Plumularidae Genus AGLAOPHENIA Aglaophenia diegensis Torrey A glaophenia diegensis ‘TorREY, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 71. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 175. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 56. Fraser, ibid., 2, 1938, p. 111. Distribution —34 mile off Cat Rock, Ancapa Island, 125-135 fath- oms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; San Diego, shore ; off Coronado Beach, San Diego, 6-7 fathoms; San Lorenzo Channel, Gulf of California, 3-5 fathoms; San Francisco Island, shore; north of Isla Partida, 46-75 fathoms; north of Lobos Point, shore ; ‘epo- ca Bay, shore; Guaymas Bay, shore and 2-3 fathoms; off Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Islands, Mexico, 13 fathoms; south of San Francisco Island, Ecuador, 47 fathoms. Aglaophenia dispar, new species Plates 29, 30, Fig. 23 Trophosome.—Colony consists of a somewhat slender, lax stem, 12 cm, with several long branches on each side, irregularly arranged; occa- sionally smaller, secondary branches appear. The stem is divided regularly into short internodes by nodes so deeply cut that the end of the internode appears to be rounded; each internode bears a hydrocladium, centrally placed, well forward on the face, so that the angle between two alternate hydrocladia at the base is small. The hydrocladia are relatively short, the longest 8 mm, but most of them are considerably less than this. The nodes here are also well marked but not so distinctly cut as they are on the stem or branch. There is a slight indication of a septum opposite the intrathe- cal septum, but there are no others. The hydrotheca is short and stout, with the septum very short. The margin is provided with 11 much dis- similar teeth ; the median is short but sharp and is retrorse; the first lateral is much longer than any of the others and is also sharp but not so distinct- ly so as the median; the second lateral is the shortest of the lot; the third and fourth are much the same shape as the second, but at least twice as large; the fifth is as high as the third or fourth but is more slender; all of these are sharp pointed. The supracalycine nematophores are smaller than usual, not reaching the margin of the hydrotheca; the mesial nematophore is in contact with the face of the hydrotheca for fully three-fourths of its No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 253 length, and then projects outward, nearly at right angles to the face of the hydrotheca; the 3 cauline nematophores on each internode are of the usual type. Gonosome.—The corbula is of median size with 8 pairs of leaves; except for the taper at the proximal end it is nearly cylindrical. The nematophores are rather small and farther apart than usual; the basal one does not form a spur, but there is a perforation on the proximal side of the ridge opposite it. There are 2 hydrothecae between the corbula and the stem. Distribution—Station 885-38, San Luis Obispo Bay, Calif., 8-14 fathoms; near mouth of the Salinas River, Monterey Bay, 10-13 fathoms; off Point Arguello, 15-30 fathoms; off El Segundo, 30-31 fathoms; off Huntington Beach, 3-5 fathoms. Aglaophenia diversidentata, new species Plate 30, Fig. 24 Trophosome.—The largest fragment of a colony obtained was 4 cm in height; the hydrocladia up to 9 mm, are well spread out so that pos- sibly the colony is larger than the average. The stem is dark horn color, and the hydrocladia are almost white; the stem is divided into regular internodes by nodes that are not strongly marked, each of which gives off a hydrocladium, farther from the distal node than usual, frontally placed, projecting forward at first but soon curving so that the main part of each is in much the same plane as the stem and the hydrocladium on the other side of the stem. In the hydrocladia the nodes are rather faint but dis- tinct. The hydrothecae are placed quite close together as they occupy all of the internodes. There is 1 short internodal septum opposite the hydro- thecal septum. The distal end of the hydrotheca projects well outward but even at the margin the diameter is not as great as the length. The septum is distinct but short. The margin provides the distinctive feature. There are 9 teeth present, but they are strongly diverse ; the median tooth is quite small, and is acute; the first lateral is large, rounded at the tip, and projects well forward, often entirely hiding the median tooth from a lateral view; there is a deep, broad sinus between the first and second lateral; the second and third laterals are much the same size, long and slender, acute but not very sharp pointed; the sinus between the two is quite narrow; the fourth lateral is quite low, sometimes scarcely showing, 254 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 separated from the third by a broad but shallow sinus. The supracalycine nematophore overtops the margin of the hydrotheca; the mesial nemato- phore is attached to the hydrotheca for about two-thirds of the length of the hydrotheca and then projects definitely outward and is rounded at the tip. Of the 3 cauline nematophores on each internode, the 2 at the base of the hydrocladial process differ in size; the third is farther down the internode than usual; they are all tubular. Gonosome.—The corbula is small, with 6 pairs of leaves, the edges of which do not meet evenly in the middle line; the nematophores are farther apart and more pointed than usual. There is 1 thecate internode between the corbula and the stem. Distribution—From piles of Standard Oil Pier, San Diego Bay, lit- toral on ascidians. Aglaophenia epizoica, new species Plate 30, Fig. 25 Trophosome.—Colonies may reach a height of 20 cm, or possibly even more, but this description was taken from a specimen 4.5 cm in height ; this specimen with others like it were scattered over the surface of the body and appendages of a crab; the stem is stout and quite rigid, divided into short internodes by well marked nodes; each internode gives rise to a hydrocladium, the hydrocladia being arranged alternately; each hydrocladium arises from a process well on the face of the stem, so that the angle between two in succession is quite small; very soon the hydro- cladia curve outward, so that, apart from the proximal portions, all of them are nearly in the same plane; they project forward or upward but little so that they are nearly at right angles to the stem; they are quite rigid also so that the whole colony has a stiff appearance. The hydrocla- dium may be 1.5 cm in length, but a grading in length takes place so that the colony is symmetrical plumose. The nodes are somewhat oblique and quite well marked. There is little sign of septa except just oposite the hydrothecal septum. The hydrotheca is large, the distal portion projecting so much that the hydrotheca is almost triangular, with the margin almost as broad as the hydrotheca is long. The horizontal septum is strongly marked and reaches nearly all the way across the hydrotheca. The margin is provided with 11 teeth; the median is smaller than the others and is sharp-pointed ; it is almost erect; the first lateral is much larger and pro- jects well forward ; the sinus between the first and second lateral is wider no. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 255 than any of the others, but it is shallower; the second, third and fourth laterals do not differ much in size or shape; they are rounded at the tip; the fifth is smaller than any of the other laterals and is more sharply pointed. The supracalycine nematophores are of medium size, curved, reaching to the margin of the hydrotheca or slightly beyond; the mesial nematophore is adherent to the face of the hydrotheca for about three- fourths of its length, and then projects sharply outward, the total length being much the same as the length of the face of the hydrotheca; there is a distinct septum between the nematophore and the hydrotheca through- out the whole length of the adherent portion. The 3 cauline nematophores on each internode do not differ materially from the usual type. Gonosome.—The corbula is large, up to 15 pairs of leaves, elongated elliptical, the taper being slightly more pronounced proximally than dis- tally; there are no perforations between successive pairs of leaves; the basal nematophore on each leaf projects somewhat to form an inconspicu- ous spur. There are 2-4 hydrothecae between the corbula and the stem. Distribution.—Station 1296-41, 1 mile east of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, 19-20 fathoms; 1 mile north of Point Bennett, San Miguel Island, 40-46 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-28 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, 17-18 and 15-20 fathoms; 1 mile south of East Point, 15-16 fathoms; 2.6 miles east of East Point, 47-49 fathoms; 6% miles SE of East Point, 46 fathoms; 3 miles SE of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, 15-19 fathoms; 0.3 miles west of Peli- can Bay, 35 fathoms; 1 mile north of San Pedro Point, 45-46 fathoms; 3% miles NE of San Pedro Point, 46-47 fathoms; 14 mile east of San Pedro Point, 26-40 fathoms; %4 mile north of Platt Point, 36-47 fath- oms; east of Gull Island, 11-19 fathoms; Anacapa Passage, 25-26 fath- oms; north of Anacapa Island, 15 fathoms; 1 mile north of west end of Anacapa Island, 45-46 fathoms; 1 mile south of west end of Anacapa Island, 25-26 fathoms; NE of Anacapa Island, 45 fathoms; east of Santa Barbara Island, 41-47 fathoms; 1 mile east of Santa Barbara Island, 20- 40 fathoms; 4 miles east of Landing, Santa Barbara Island, 40 fathoms; 314 miles—238° off Huntington Beach, 74-77 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; south of San Nicolas Island, 20-34 fathoms; Dutch Harbor, 15-22 fathoms; 9 miles off San Diego, 78-81 fathoms; San Diego Bay, 5-7 fathoms; Ranger Bank, west of Cedros Island, 78-83 fathoms; 1 mile south of San Benito Islands, 40-49 fathoms; 514 miles south of San Benito Islands, 69-81 fathoms. 256 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Aglaophenia fluxa, new species Plate 31, Fig. 26 Trophosome.—Colony consists of a long, slender, lax stem, 20 cm, and 1 or more branches, that may be almost as long as the main stem; from the main stem and the primary branches, scattered, short branches are given off; all of them are divided into regular, short internodes by well marked nodes; each internode of the stem or branch gives off a hydrocladium, the hydrocladia alternately arranged and fronto-laterally placed. ‘The hydrocladia are relatively short, often not more than 2 mm in length, but sometimes as long as 5 mm, divided into regular, short internodes by slightly oblique nodes. The septa are scarcely developed, only one, opposite the hydrothecal septum, showing. The hydrotheca is short and stout, with only 1 short, intrathecal septum. There are 11 mar- ginal teeth; the median tooth is sharp, strongly retrorse; the first lateral tooth is larger and projects forward; the second is usually smaller, some- what sharp rather than rounded; the third is larger and more rounded; the fourth is nearly the same shape and size as the third; the fifth is slen- der and is definitely pointed, often to be seen only with difficulty, as it is so near the rear median line. The supracalycine nematophore is of medium size, scarcely reaching the margin of the hydrotheca; the mesial nemato- phore is about two-thirds of the length of the face of the hydrotheca, with but a small portion, less than one-fourth, free. The three cauline nemato- phores are of the usual type. Gonosome.—The corbula is 3 mm in length, and 1.25 mm in greatest depth; it is slightly greater in the proximal portion than in the distal ; there are 10 pairs of leaves; there are no perforations and the basal nematophore does not form a spur. There are 2 hydrothecae between the corbula and the stem. Distribution—Station 1241-41, 7% miles south of Point Loma, Calif., 30-33 fathoms; off Redondo Beach; 2 miles off Belmont Pier, 7-10 fathoms; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 11 fathoms; off Huntington Beach, 4-20 fathoms; 6 miles SE of San Pedro breakwater, 20-21 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms. All in southern California waters. Aglaophenia inconspicua Torrey A glaophenia inconspicua Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 72. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 176. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 56. Distribution—3 miles SE of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 23-25 fath- No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 257 oms; east shore of Santa Barbara Island; off Redondo Beach; off San Pedro breakwater, 14 fathoms; 3 miles off Seal Beach, 11 fathoms; in channel, Newport Harbor, 4-10 fathoms; 7 miles east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 228-267 fathoms; 1 mile NW of White Cove, 2-3 fathoms; south of San Nicolas Island, 20-34 fathoms; 2 miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 42-45 fathoms; San Diego, shore; 434 miles east of Coronado Islands, 14 fathoms; 11% miles north of Cedros Island, 45- 55 fathoms; South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms; Turners Island, off Tiburon Island, Gulf of California, shore; off Rocky Point, Sonora, 10 fathoms. Aglaophenia integriseptata, new species Plate 31, Fig. 27 Trophosome.—The symmetrical colony reaches a height of 11 cm; the dark horn-colored stem is divided into regular internodes by well marked nodes. The hydrocladial processes are so near the middle line on the face of the stem that they form a zigzag series, but each hydrocladium turns quite abruptly outward so that those on the two sides are nearly in the same plane for the greater part of their length. The hydrocladia, of a lighter color than the stem, are regularly graded in length, the longest 1.2 mm. The internodes are relatively short and there are no noticeable septa except for a slight indication opposite the hydrothecal septum. The hydrotheca is short and stout, of much greater diameter at the margin than at the base.* There are 9 teeth on the margin; the median tooth is small and sharp, slightly retrorse, but appearing to be more so since the first lateral tooth is much longer and projects markedly outward ; the sec- ond lateral is the smallest, the third and fourth being nearly equal, as broad but not as long as the first lateral. The supracalycine nematophore is not large and does not reach past the margin of the hydrotheca; the mesial nematophore is almost as long as the face of the hydrotheca, in contact with this for at least three-fourths of its length, and then turning outward. In some instances, if not in all, there are but 2 nematophores on each cauline internode. Gonosome.—The corbula is not large, with 7 or 8 pairs of leaves, quite definitely cylindrical, with the length, 2.4 mm, little more than twice the diameter. There are no perforations or spur-like nematophores * The septum is complete, straight but oblique, the end at the face of the hydro- theca being the more distant from the base. 258 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 at the base of the leaves. There is 1 hydrotheca between the corbula and the stem. Distribution.—Station 1008-39, off San Benito Islands, 51-52 fath- oms; 1 mile north of west end of Anacapa Island, 45-46 fathoms; 1034 miles west of Point Dume, Calif., 47-48 fathoms; 1 mile east of Santa Barbara Island, 20-40 fathoms; off San Benito Islands, 51-52 fathoms; 5¥4 miles south of San Benito Islands, 71-72 and 66-81 fathoms. Aglaophenia late-septata, new species Plate 32, Fig. 28 Trophosome.—Colony relatively small, 3.5 cm, is rigid and prim; as the hydrocladia are quite uniform in length, 4 mm, except for a small portion proximally and distally, where a rapid tapering takes place; al- though the stem is stiff, it is not very short; the nodes are not distinct. The hydrocladia are given off in regular alternation; they are fronto- laterally placed, but as they turn outward almost at once, the angle be- tween those on the two sides is a large one. The hydrocladial internodes are short, the nodes quite well marked; two septa are indicated. The hydrotheca projects outward towards the margin; it is relatively stout; the intrathecal septum reaches all the way across the hydrotheca; it is straight and is especially thick; it is placed low in the hydrotheca. The margin is irregular; in some cases, there is evidence of 11 teeth present, but in general the irregularities are scarcely prominent enough to be called teeth; the median tooth is slightly more prominent in most cases, and is sharper than any of the others. The supracalycine nematophore is large, pear-shaped, reaching above the margin of the hydrotheca; the mesial nematophore is not as long as the face of the hydrotheca, the free portion projecting well outward. The 3 cauline nematophores on each internode are large and tend to be triangular rather than tubular. Gonosome.—The corbula is cylindrical, more than 3 mm in length, with 11 or 12 pairs of leaves. There is no definite spur at the base of the leaf. There are 2 hydrothecae between the corbula and the stem. Distribution——Station 1121-40, off San Nicolas Island, Calif., 40-48 fathoms ; 314 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 35-38 fath- oms; 14 mile south of Gull Island, Santa Cruz Island, 34-41 fathoms; YZ mile east of Abalone Point, Laguna Beach, 44-46 fathoms; off San Nicolas Island, 28-31 fathoms; 11 miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 45- 46 fathoms; 914 miles NW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 50 fathoms; 414 miles WNW of buoy, Cortes Bank, 90-110 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 25-28 and 37-40 fathoms. no. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 259 Aglaophenia latirostris Nutting A glaophenia latirostris NUTTING, Amer. Hyd., I, 1900, p. 101. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 177. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 111. Distribution —Off San Pedro; off San Jose Point, Guatemala, 12-13 fathoms. Aglaophenia longicarpa Fraser A glaophenia longicarpa FrRAsER, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 112. Fraszr, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution —Off Isabel Island, Mexico, 10-15 fathoms. Aglaophenia lophocarpa Allman A glaophenia lophocarpa ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 41. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 177. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 111. Distribution.—1 mile north of west end of Anacapa Island, 45-46 fathoms; 314 miles south of Hueneme, Calif., 29-30 fathoms; off Hunt- ington Beach, 4-20 fathoms ; 3% miles off Huntington Beach, 17-18 fath- oms; 1114 miles SE of Long Beach, 52 fathoms; 7 miles east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, 230-240 fathoms ; off Coronado Beach, San Diego, 5-7 fathoms; 114 miles north of Cedros Island, 55-60 fathoms ; Ranger Bank, west of Cedros Island, 76-77 fathoms; 714 miles SSW of Natividad Island, Lower Calif., 63-66 fathoms; off San Pedro Nolasco Island, Gulf of California, 55-57 fathoms. Aglaophenia octocarpa Nutting A glaophenia octocarpa NuTTING, Amer. Hyd., I, 1900, p. 103. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 178. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 111. Distribution —7¥% miles south of Point Loma, Calif., 30-33 fathoms. Aglaophenia pinguis Fraser A glaophenia pinguis FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 113. Distribution —6% miles SE of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 46 fathoms; off El Segundo, Calif., 28-32 fathoms; off Huntington Beach, 10 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; 2 miles SE of Cedros Island Light, 47-55 fathoms; 4 miles north of Dewey Channel, Lower Calif., 24-25 fathoms; Dewey Channel, opposite 260 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 San Eugenio Point, 21-24 fathoms; 3 miles NW of Natividad Island, 30-31 fathoms; San Lorenzo Channel, Gulf of California, 3-5 fathoms; Ballenas Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, shore; north of Isla Partida, 75 fathoms; east of San Francisco Island, 47 fathoms; off Isabel Island, Mexico, 10-15 fathoms. Remarks.—The prominence of the teeth on the margin of the hydro- theca in this species is quite variable. In the original description the num- ber of teeth was given as 8, as the median tooth was so small in the speci- men described that it was overlooked. It is never prominent, but in some specimens it shows up definitely. The other teeth may be somewhat simi- larly reduced so that the margin becomes a mere wavy line. In the original description, ““I'wo intrathecal ridges well marked,” should, of course, read “Two internodal ridges.”’ The intrathecal septum is well marked and may reach all the way across the hydrotheca. Aglaophenia pluma ( Linn.) Sertularia Pluma LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1309. A glaophenia pluma FraseEr, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 179. Distribution.—34 mile south of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, 23-25 fathoms; Tanner Bank, 37-40 fathoms. Aglaophenia prominens Fraser A glaophenia prominens FRAsER, Hancock Hyd., 3, 1938, p. 142. Distribution—1 mile south of Point Bennett, San Miguel Island, 45-46 fathoms; 214 miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 23-28 fathoms; 2% miles east of South Point, 17-18 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 17-20 fathoms; east of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, 19-20 fathoms; 434 miles east of Coronado Islands, Mexico, 14 fathoms. Aglaophenia propinqua Fraser A glaophenia propinqua FRASER, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 114. Distribution—Agua Verde Bay, Gulf of California, shore and 10 fathoms ; Ensenada de San Francisco, 15-18 fathoms. Aglaophenia struthionides (Murray) Plumularia struthionides Murray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), V, 1860, p. 114. Aglaophenia struthionides FRASER, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 180. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 2, 1938, p. 111. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 261 Distribution—Tyler Point, San Miguel Island, shore; Santa Cruz Channel, 32-34 fathoms ; off Redondo Beach, Calif.; off San Pedro break- water, 4 fathoms; off Huntington Beach, 10 fathoms; 5 miles—152° from San Pedro breakwater, 17-19 fathoms; west of Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, 8-9 fathoms; San Quentin Bay, Lower Calif., 8-9 fath- oms; Rosario Bay, 10-15 fathoms. Aglaophenia triplex, new species Plate 32, Fig. 29 Trophosome.—Colonies grow in clusters to a height of 8 cm; they are quite symmetrical but the plume is tapered farther and more gradu- ally than is common in the genus. The stem is not a very dark horn color but it is much darker than the hydrocladia. Nodes are indicated but are not strongly marked. The hydrocladia are fronto-laterally placed, in reg- ular alternation; the processes on the two sides are at an angle of nearly 90° to each other; from the process the hydrocladium curves outward, and continues to do so; in consequence, the plume does not appear as a plane surface. The nodes of the hydrocladium are indistinct or absent, but in what corresponds to an internode, there are 2 partial septa, 1 at the base of the supracalycine nematophore, and the other opposite the hydro- thecal septum. The hydrotheca is of medium length and width, not pro- jecting outward strongly. The intrathecal septum is well marked, reaches about half way across the hydrotheca, and is curved, the concave side fac- ing towards the margin. The teeth on the margin provide the special fea- ture; there are 9 of them. Instead of having a single median tooth, there are 3 much similar, small, sharp-pointed teeth, forming nearly a straight line across the face of the hydrotheca; the 3 on each side that are truly lateral, are much larger than each of these frontal teeth; they are rounded and similar; the first of these projects forward so well that, in a direct, lateral view, the frontal teeth are entirely hidden. Of the 3 groups of 3 teeth, those in the 2 lateral groups, similar in themselves, are quite differ- ent to those in the frontal group. The supracalycine nematophores are large, overtopping the margin of the hydrotheca; the mesial nematophore is only slightly shorter than the face of the hydrotheca, with but a small portion projecting. The 3 cauline nematophores on each internode are of less than medium size. Gonosome.—Not observed. Distribution.—Station 1075-40, inside Georges Island, near the head of the Gulf of California, 1114-13 fathoms. 262 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 Aglaophenia venusta, new species Plate 32, Fig. 30 Trophosome.—Colonies, loosely clustered, up to 7 cm in length, arise from a stolon which is slightly reticulated, but the hydrocladia are rela- tively short, often not more than 3 mm, and they are regular, hence the whole colony is quite graceful. As is often the case in this genus, the stem is much darker horn-colored than the hydrocladia. The stem is divided into regular, short internodes by well marked, transverse nodes; as each internode gives rise to a hydrocladium, the hydrocladia are closer together than usual; they arise from the face of the internode not far from the middle, hence at their origin, two in succession make an acute angle with each other; the principal portions of the hydrocladia on the two sides are nearly in the same plane. The internodes of the hydrocladium are rela- tively short as well. The partial septa, 2 of them, are well marked but are short; the nodes are transverse. The hydrotheca is much similar to that of 4. longicarpa, although it is noticeably smaller, less than 114 times as long as broad, increasing in diameter from base to margin; the septum is short but distinct. There are 9 teeth on the margin; the median is small and sharp-pointed, erect or slightly retrorse; the first lateral is the longest, projecting forward slightly, so that the tip of the median may sometimes be seen past it; the remaining laterals are more rounded, and although they are distinct, they are not deeply cut. The supracalycine nematophores are suitably small, projecting outward and then upward, just reaching the margin of the hydrotheca; the mesial nematophore is not far from being as long as the face of the hydrotheca; less than one- fourth is free, projecting but little. The 3 nematophores on the cauline internode are similarly tubular; as the internode is short, these are placed quite close together. Gonosome.—The corbula has not the great length that it has in 4. longicarpa, but it is relatively and actually stouter, little more than twice as long as deep; it has 8-10 pairs of leaves. There are 2 hydrothecae between the corbula and the stem. The corbulae are not particularly plentiful in any one colony, but they are well scattered throughout the length of the stem. Distribution Station 970-39, Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Is- lands, Mexico, 13 fathoms. No. 5 FRASER: HYDROIDS 263 Genus ANTENNELLA Antennella avalonia Torrey Antennella avalonia Torrey, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1902, p. 74. Fraser, Hyd. Pacific Coast, 1937, p. 181. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 57. FRASER, ibid., 3, 1938, p. 135. Distribution 2% miles east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, 15- 21 fathoms; 3 miles east of South Point, 23-26 fathoms; 5 miles SE of Santa Catalina Island, 140-150 fathoms; 1 mile NW of White Cove, Santa Catalina Island, 31 fathoms; South Bay, Cedros Island, 10-15 fathoms. Antennella gracilis Allman Antennella gracilis ALLMAN, Gulf Stream Hyd., 1877, p. 38. Fraser, Hancock Hyd., 1, 1938, p. 58. Fraser, Atlantic Hyd., 1944, p. 315. Distribution —Off Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Islands, Mexico, 13 fathoms. Genus ANTENNULARIA Antennularia constricta, new species Plate 33, Fig. 31 Trophosome.—The plumose colony, 5 cm, has less difference in the relative size of the stem and the hydrocladia than is usual in this genus, because the stem is not very stout and the hydrocladia are not especially slender. The stem is divided into internodes of varying length by nodes so well marked that the stem is definitely constricted where they appear; there may be 1, 2, or 3 hydrocladia arising from an internode. The hydro- cladia are arranged in 2 series, in an approach to regular alternation, nearly, but not quite, in the same plane. The hydrocladial process is of medium size, with a definite pseudonematophore. In many of the hydro- cladia all of the internodes are thecate, the first one shorter than the others, but in some instances, in the distal part of the hydrocladium, extra nodes may be inserted to divide the long internode into two internodes, the proximal being athecate and the distal thecate; the hydrotheca appears much nearer the distal node; there are no distinct, internodal septa. On the hydrocladial process there are 2 nematophores in the axil, proximal to the pseudonematophore, and 1 distal to this; on the first thecate inter- 264 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 4 node, besides the supracalycine nematophores, there are usually 2 mesial nematophores proximal to the hydrotheca, but none distal to it; on the other, longer internodes, there are 3 nematophores proximal to the hydro- theca. When the long internode is divided into 2 internodes, there are 2 nematophores on the athecate internode, and 1 on the thecate, proximal to the hydrotheca. The number of nematophores on the cauline internodes varies, most commonly there are 3 nematophores on the one side between 2 hydrocladia in succession. Gonosome.—Not observed.